<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:geo="http://www.w3.org/2003/01/geo/wgs84_pos#" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>The Hare Krishna Movement</title>
	<atom:link href="http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com</link>
	<description>Every Town and Village</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sat, 18 May 2013 21:34:54 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.com/</generator>
<cloud domain='theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com' port='80' path='/?rsscloud=notify' registerProcedure='' protocol='http-post' />
<image>
		<url>http://s2.wp.com/i/buttonw-com.png</url>
		<title>The Hare Krishna Movement</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com</link>
	</image>
	<atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/osd.xml" title="The Hare Krishna Movement" />
	<atom:link rel='hub' href='http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?pushpress=hub'/>
		<item>
		<title>The Center of Attention: Radha-Madhava</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/18/the-center-of-attention-radha-madhava/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/18/the-center-of-attention-radha-madhava/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 18 May 2013 12:05:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Back to Godhead]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jananivasa das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mahamaya devi dasi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Radha Madhava]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Back to Godhead Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jananivasa dasa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krsna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Madhava]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mayapur Chandrodaya Mandir]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Radha]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Radha-Krsna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Radha-Madhava]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Radhapada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Radharani]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Sri Radha-Madhava]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[the husband of the goddess of fortune]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5805</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Center of Attention: Radha-Madhava by Jananivasa Dasa Excerpted from Back to Godhead Magizine, 1999, Vol. 33, No. 6 At the heart of any Krsna conscious community are the Deities. On the main altar of the Mayapur Chandro-daya Mandir (ISKCON&#8217;s temple in Mayapur) stand Sri Sri Radha-Madhava (Radha-Krsna) along with Radha&#8217;s eight intimate gopi (cowherd [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5805&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>The Center of Attention: Radha-Madhava</strong><br />
by Jananivasa Dasa<br />
Excerpted from Back to Godhead Magizine, 1999, Vol. 33, No. 6<br />
<a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/jananivasa-dasa.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/jananivasa-dasa.jpg?w=535" alt="Jananivasa Dasa"   class="alignleft size-full wp-image-5806" /></a><br />
<em>At the heart of any Krsna conscious community are the Deities. On the main altar of the Mayapur Chandro-daya Mandir (ISKCON&#8217;s temple in Mayapur) stand Sri Sri Radha-Madhava (Radha-Krsna) along with Radha&#8217;s eight intimate gopi (cowherd girl) friends. Overseeing the worship is Jananivasa Dasa, who has been serving the Deities in Mayapur for forty-one years. The following history of Radha-Madhava was adapted from an interview with Jananivasa conducted by Mahamaya Devi Dasi.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;Once I was standing in the Deity room near Srila Prabhupada while he was viewing the Deities, and he said, &#8220;They&#8217;re dancing.&#8221;</p>
<p>Another time he said, &#8220;You see how Radharani is standing like this—&#8221; (imitating Her outstretched hand) &#8220;holding something out to Krsna? Sometimes Radharani is holding her hand up like this [in blessing pose]. When She&#8217;s like that, Krsna can leave Her. But when She&#8217;s offering something to Him, He can never leave.&#8221;</p>
<p>Once a devotee asked, &#8220;Srila Prabhupada, we&#8217;re sitting in these rice fields, and you&#8217;ve asked us to build a city. Where is all the money going to come from?&#8221;</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada laughed. &#8220;You are always worried about where the money will come from. Here we have Radha-Madhava. &#8216;Madhava&#8217; means the husband of the goddess of fortune. You just worship Radha-Madhava nicely, and everything will come by Their mercy. You don&#8217;t have to worry about money.&#8221;</strong></em></p>
<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/sri-sri-radha-madhava.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/sri-sri-radha-madhava.jpg?w=535&#038;h=401" alt="Sri Sri Radha Madhava" width="535" height="401" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5809" /></a></p>
<p><em>click on image to enlarge</em></p>
<p><span id="more-5805"></span></p>
<p>In 1970-71, Srila Prabhupada toured India with a group of Western disciples, holding Krsna conscious programs wherever they went. During the tour a gentleman named Mr. Dalmia gave Srila Prabhupada three sets of brass Radha-Krsna Deities made from the same mold. Prabhupada sent one set to the ISKCON center in Boston (Radha-Gopivallabha), one to the center in Berkeley (Radha-Gokulananda), and one set (Radha-Madhava) he kept with him. </p>
<p>While the party was in Gorakhpur, Uttar Pradesh, one morning Srila Prabhupada taught the devotees the song &#8220;Jaya Radha-Madhava.&#8221; Prabhupada then began regularly singing that song whenever he would speak on the Srimad-Bhagavatam.</p>
<p>After the tour, Prabhupada brought Sri Radha-Madhava to the Calcutta temple. When we had our first Gaura Purnima (Lord Caitanya&#8217;s appearance day) celebration in Mayapur in March 1972, Prabhupada said that Radha-Madhava should come to the program. We put up a tent (pandal), and They stayed there, presiding over the festival. </p>
<p>When the program ended and the devotees were ready to take the Deities back to Calcutta, Srila Prabhupada said that the Deities should stay in Mayapur.</p>
<p><strong>A Humble Residence</strong></p>
<p>The only building on the ISKCON property at that time was a temporary structure of thatched split-bamboo walls, where Srila Prabhupada and his disciples lived. Radha-Madhava took up residence in the same building. </p>
<p>I had just received my second initiation, entitling me to worship the Deities. Because we were living so close to Radha-Madhava in the thatched building, I could see everything the pujari was doing. </p>
<p>I thought, &#8220;I&#8217;d like to spend my whole life serving the Deities. It&#8217;s such a wonderful way to become Krsna conscious.&#8221; </p>
<p>A few days later the pujari decided to leave, and I was chosen to replace him. </p>
<p>Radha-Madhava are small Deities, but Srila Prabhupada wanted big Deities for the permanent temple: Madhava should be 5&#8242; 10&#8243; and black marble; Radharani should be 5&#8242; 8 1/2&#8243; and white marble. He said their pose could be like that of the small Deities.</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupada Orders Help</strong></p>
<p>In 1978, while in Calcutta, Jayapataka Swami paid a visit to Radhapada Dasa, a wealthy industrialist and ISKCON devotee, who told him that in a dream he had seen a young sadhu who asked him, &#8220;Do you recognize me?&#8221;</p>
<p>Radhapada replied, &#8220;No.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Sometime ago you gave me some money,&#8221; the sadhu said, &#8220;and I&#8217;ve come to repay it.&#8221;</p>
<p>Radhapada said, &#8220;If I give money to a sadhu, I don&#8217;t expect it back. No, I cannot accept it.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Are you sure you don&#8217;t recognize me?&#8221; the sadhu asked.</p>
<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; replied Radhapada.</p>
<p>Suddenly the sadhu assumed the form of an elderly man.</p>
<p>&#8220;Now I recognize you,&#8221; Radhapada said. &#8220;You&#8217;re Srila Prabhupada.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Now my disciples are having problems,&#8221; Srila Prabhupada said. &#8220;After a while everything will be all right, but you should help them now.&#8221;</p>
<p>As a result of this dream, Radhapada said he wanted to buy Deities for ISKCON. When asked if he would pay for the large Deities of Radha-Madhava for Mayapur, he agreed.</p>
<p><strong>Incomparable Beauty</strong></p>
<p>The Deities were carved in Jaipur by the Pandays, a renowned family of sculptors. One day a member of the Brila family (India&#8217;s wealthiest family) came and fell in love with the Deities. He offered to pay 100,000 rupees for Them, which at that time was about $12,000—much more than ISKCON was to pay. The Pandays refused to sell the Deities, however, explaining that they had carved Them for ISKCON and would never be able to duplicate Them.</p>
<p>One of the sculptors told the devotees that the marble was different from any he had worked with before. </p>
<p>&#8220;When we carve,&#8221; he said, &#8220;a beautiful ringing sound comes out of the Deities.&#8221;</p>
<p>When the sculptors were doing the final polishing, a white line appeared around Madhava&#8217;s body, like the sacred thread worn by brahmanas. Then two lines appeared on His forehead, like tilaka.</p>
<p>The Deities were installed in 1980 during the Gaura Purnima festival. Radhapada then sponsored the carving of the eight gopis. Four were installed in 1986, and four in 1992.</p>
<p><strong>Srila Prabhupada and Radha-Madhava</strong></p>
<p>Once I was standing in the Deity room near Srila Prabhupada while he was viewing the Deities, and he said, &#8220;They&#8217;re dancing.&#8221;</p>
<p>Another time he said, &#8220;You see how Radharani is standing like this—&#8221; (imitating Her outstretched hand) &#8220;holding something out to Krsna? Sometimes Radharani is holding her hand up like this [in blessing pose]. When She&#8217;s like that, Krsna can leave Her. But when She&#8217;s offering something to Him, He can never leave.&#8221;</p>
<p>Once a devotee asked, &#8220;Srila Prabhupada, we&#8217;re sitting in these rice fields, and you&#8217;ve asked us to build a city. Where is all the money going to come from?&#8221;</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada laughed. &#8220;You are always worried about where the money will come from. Here we have Radha-Madhava. &#8216;Madhava&#8217; means the husband of the goddess of fortune. You just worship Radha-Madhava nicely, and everything will come by Their mercy. You don&#8217;t have to worry about money.&#8221;</p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5805/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5805/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5805&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/18/the-center-of-attention-radha-madhava/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/jananivasa-dasa.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Jananivasa Dasa</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/sri-sri-radha-madhava.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Sri Sri Radha Madhava</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Interview with Ramesvara Prabhu on Book Changes (Free Download)</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/16/interview-with-ramesvara-prabhu-on-book-changes-free-download/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/16/interview-with-ramesvara-prabhu-on-book-changes-free-download/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2013 11:38:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BBT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Book Changes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Books by Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Free Downloads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ramesvara das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[1979 interview with Ramesvara]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bhaktivedanta Book Trust]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[book changes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interview with Ramesvara]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iskcon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ramesvara dasa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada books]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5799</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[click on image to enlarge “They’re ruining my books.” — Srila Prabhupada Testimonial by Ramesvara dasa Ramesvara-interview-1979 (Free download) A very, very important document has just become public. It is a 300+ page transcript of a 1979 interview with Ramesvara Prabhu, the manager of the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, the person directly in charge of printing [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5799&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/srila-prabhupada-with-ramesvara.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/srila-prabhupada-with-ramesvara.jpg?w=535&#038;h=347" alt="Srila Prabhupada with Ramesvara" width="535" height="347" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5801" /></a></p>
<p><em>click on image to enlarge</em></p>
<p><strong>“They’re ruining my books.”</strong> — Srila Prabhupada<br />
Testimonial by Ramesvara dasa<br />
Ramesvara-interview-1979 (Free download)</p>
<p><em><strong>A very, very important document has just become public. It is a 300+ page transcript of a 1979 interview with Ramesvara Prabhu, the manager of the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, the person directly in charge of printing Srila Prabhupada’s books. Ramesvara had unlimited direct instructions from Srila Prabhupada in regard to printing his books. He also gives an eye-witness account of many other important events that occurred in ISKCON in the presence of Srila Prabhupada. The events were very fresh in his mind at that time as this interview took place only two years after Srila Prabhupada had disappeared from our material vision.</p>
<p>In this interview he is giving a completely honest account of Srila Prabhupada’s instructions to him in regard to not changing his books and on many other points also.</p>
<p>This is perhaps the most important document that has come to light in ISKCON since 1977.</p>
<p>I request you to please read the whole 300+ pages of the interview transcript. You will find it uplifting, encouraging, inspiring and also very informative.</p>
<p>In today’s ISKCON almost everything has been changed and so many of Srila Prabhupada’s orders have been disobeyed. This document is truly a wake up call for the BBT and ISKCON, coming perhaps just at the right moment.</strong></em></p>
<p>You can download and read and or save the PDF file of the interview by clicking on:</p>
<p>Ramesvara-interview-1979; <a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/ramesvara-interview-1979.pdf">Ramesvara-interview-1979</a></p>
<p>Please read it… <span id="more-5799"></span></p>
<p>A few short quotes from the interview (these are about book changes but the interview covers a very broad spectrum of interesting topics so please read the transcript for yourself.):</p>
<p>“Prabhupada got involved in many of the facets related to his books. In 1974, for example, we had proposed to put a new picture on the cover of Isopanisad, Krsna playing the flute on the rock. We mailed a copy of the picture to Prabhupada and told him, “We’re planning to do this.” Prabhupada fired back a letter, “Don’t you dare change the picture on my book! I have deliberately chosen the picture of Visnu because I want this book to be attracting the Mayavadis and impersonalists.”</p>
<p>Prabhupada just explained how everyone’s a rascal for daring to touch anything in his books. The greatest anxiety he has is that after he’s gone we will add things to his books that are bogus, we will take things out that are bona fide, we will make changes in his books and the whole work for 10,000 years, his plan Prabhupada was working on, it will all be spoiled by us because of our tendency to change. And Prabhupada gave an example that the disease to do things differently is so inherent in the Americans that for the sake of doing things differently we would walk on our hands rather than our feet.”</p>
<p>“The artists were always writing letters to Prabhupada asking him to explain how he wants the transcendental lilas painted. How to paint the spirit soul, how to paint Krsna, how to paint the spiritual world, what it looks like, what the atmosphere is, what the ground should look like, all kinds of detailed questions. And Prabhupada would write hundreds of letters to his artists explaining to them the answers. Even though these questions bothered him sometimes, they were like teasing him, but still he took the time to always answer. He once had said that ISKCON Press is the heart of ISKCON and the art department is the heart of the Press. So to Prabhupada these paintings were windows to the spiritual sky.”</p>
<p>“Prabhupada actually wanted 50 paintings in every volume. That was Prabhupada’s vision. Genius! No philosopher ever thought of such a thing. And therefore their books never sell. These art paintings were the basis of all the book distribution. Of course, it was our sincerity and our drive and our desire to please Prabhupada. But the technique was showing people the paintings, attracting their senses, getting them curious and interested and attracted by the art. The more beautiful the art the more you could tell people that this describes the most beautiful, peaceful way of life, the most beautiful spiritual thing. You’d show the paintings and you’d say things like, “This explains how to experience the highest happiness. Just look at this painting. Wouldn’t you like to be there?” The paintings were the basis for the book selling. And Prabhupada is the genius who thought that up.”</p>
<p>“By 1974, Radhahallabha and I and the artists were talking about reprinting the Krsna Book, “Let’s update the paintings.” These paintings were done in 1969, 1968. The artists have gotten much better. Their expertise was much better. So the decision was made by myself and Radhaballabha, we were going to upgrade all the paintings. The artists would get together with Radhaballabha and pick out which ones they wanted and then we would work it out together which ones to take out and which ones to put in. So Prabhupada and Bali came to Los Angeles and I had a meeting with Prabhupada upstairs in his room and I started showing him all of the paintings that were corning out, page by page, and all the paintings that were going in. This was one of the most astonishing meetings I ever had with Prabhupada in my life.</p>
<p>Just before we started going over the Krsna Book paintings, we went over these drawings that Pariksit had done for the Teachings of Lord Caitanya. He had worked for one year on about 24 or so black and white drawings which would be going on the title page for each chapter of the Teachings of Lord Caitanya. This was his first major work at the BBT art department. And they had sent them to me so I could show them to Prabhupada because we were getting ready to print the TLC in Dai Nippon. So we went through drawing after drawing after drawing and Prabhupada was becoming angrier and angrier and more and more livid, and it was becoming a frightening experience. He was condemning them, he was throwing them out, he was rejecting them, he was blasting them, he was describing how they were going to ruin his book, they’re off, they’re misrepresentative, they’re not clear, they’re bogus, and “If you put anything bogus in my book, this is my greatest fear that you will ruin my book and the whole book will be ruined because of you!” And on and on, it was devastating! And I wrote a letter to the artists with the description of Prabhupada’s comments like a blow by; blow because it was so impressed in my mind. As soon as I got out of the room I ran downstairs and typed out this letter, remembering all of the things Prabhupada said. So I’ll be able to find that letter and you can refer to it and you’ll see exactly how Prabhupada analyzed the drawings in relation to what they were supposed to be illustrating very carefully and rejected them and just with devastating critique. Prabhupada was so expert. So then after going through that scene, then I took out the Krsna Book and said “Now, these are the paintings they want to take out and these are the ones they want to put in, Srila Prabhupada.” And we started again going page by page, color plate by color plate. And Prabhupada was becoming more and more livid, and more and more angry. And it was just the most terrifying experience that I have ever gone through. He was screaming, “They’re ruining my books! They have no brain! They are hippies! They are rascals!” Screaming, pounding his fist on the desk. At one point they wanted to take out the old Putana, the dead Putana with Krsna sucking the breast of Putana or playing on her lap, whatever it was, and in the background you have the Vrndavana village. And they wanted to put the new one in from the 2.2 which Prabhupada considered to be an inferior painting because it did not show as much. “An ugly black lump,” he said. But the worst was when we came to the rasa-lila, this was one of Prabhupada’s favorite paintings, the original Devahuti painting of the rasa-lila which we’ve made the poster of, which is now in the Krsna Book and so on. They wanted to take it out and they wanted to put this painting of Krsna dancing with the gopis from the first printing of the Third Canto, Volume 2. Now in the reprinting of the Third Canto, Volume 2 this rasa-lila has been taken out and the original Krsna Book rasa-lila has been put in. Because the rasa-lila that they wanted to put in the Krsna Book was the final straw. Prabhupada just turned white! He looked into his bedroom at the original painting which was hanging on his wall. From his sitting room in Los Angeles he could look into his bedroom. He turned white. He looked at that painting. Then he looked down at the painting that they were proposing was better. Krsna’s hair was wild and long, Radharani’s head was uncovered, the gopis‘ hair was uncovered. It was like a, Prabhupada said, “hippie dance, sex dance. Hippie seeds, hippie contamination, hippie mentality, hippie, hippie, dirty! Rascals!” On and on. Prabhupada was screaming, banging his fist on the desk. There was nothing you could say, it was just an explosion that “They’re ruining my books.”</p>
<p>With the BBT, the size of the books, the type of art in the books and so on, on principle Prabhupada would not allow changes even if the change was an improvement. Just to teach that principle of don’t change. When the Dallas Gurukula was collapsing, I begged Prabhupada, “Let us send money from the BBT.” He said, “No. It is not the business of the BBT to support children, it is the business of parents.” The parents didn’t have any money, how could they support the children? But on this principle, Prabhupada wouldn’t let the BBT bail out the Dallas Gurukula and it closed. I was ready to bail them out. I proposed it, I wanted to bail it out, but it just didn’t happen.</p>
<p>I’ve had many experiences with Prabhupada literally drilling me, pounding it into my head that you’re never allowed to change anything in his books. He trained me so intensely on this point. Even when the changes make sense he wouldn’t let me change. Just to train me.</p>
<p>You can download and read the PDF file of the interview by clicking on:</p>
<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/ramesvara-interview-1979.pdf">Ramesvara-interview-1979</a></p>
<p>Text pasted from;  <a href="http://bookchanges.com/theyre-ruining-my-books-srila-prabhupada/" target="_blank">Book Changes</a></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5799/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5799/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5799&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/16/interview-with-ramesvara-prabhu-on-book-changes-free-download/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/srila-prabhupada-with-ramesvara.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Srila Prabhupada with Ramesvara</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>To Edit or Not To Edit &#8211; That Is The Question</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/14/to-edit-or-not-to-edit-that-is-the-question/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/14/to-edit-or-not-to-edit-that-is-the-question/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 May 2013 02:45:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BBT]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Book Changes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Books by Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Govinda dasi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hayagriva das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada's Books]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[1972 Edition]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[as it is]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[bhagavad-gita]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[book changes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gita manuscript]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hayagriva]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jayadvaita Swami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MacMillan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[That is the Question]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[to Edit or Not To Edit]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5792</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This is another very nice article by Govinda dasi on Book Changes, posted recently on the Sun. We are reprinting it here, as it is a very important issue, and needs to be shared with every devotee. &#8230;Yes, he read his books daily, and he spoke from that original Bhagavad-gita for over 10 years! He [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5792&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/srila-prabhupada-with-book.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/srila-prabhupada-with-book.jpg?w=535&#038;h=747" alt="Srila Prabhupada-with-book" width="535" height="747" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5794" /></a></p>
<p><em>This is another very nice article by Govinda dasi on Book Changes, posted recently on the Sun.  We are reprinting it here, as it is a very important issue, and needs to be shared with every devotee.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;Yes, he read his books daily, and he spoke from that original Bhagavad-gita for over 10 years! He gave lectures on nearly every verse in that original Gita, and he requested only a couple of corrections, such as &#8220;the planet of the trees,&#8221; (to be changed to &#8220;the pitris&#8221;), and a couple of other small corrections. Had only those few changes been made, perhaps this controversy would never have occurred.</p>
<p>However, the problem is this: BBT did not simply edit Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s books and make simple Sanskrit corrections; rather, they edited Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s books and made sweeping changes, over 5,000 of them in the Gita alone, and thus changed the &#8220;writer&#8217;s voice&#8221; that had been so artistically created by Srila Prabhupada and Hayagriva working together.</strong></em></p>
<p>Full article  <span id="more-5792"></span></p>
<p><strong>To Edit or Not To Edit  That Is The Question</strong><br />
by Govinda dasi (ACBSP)<br />
May 12, 2013 — USA (SUN) </p>
<p>The book editing issue is a very serious one, perhaps the most serious issue in ISKCON today. I have seen the attractive and seemingly authentic website promoting these changes, but most of it is propaganda, a lot of it based on speculation of what took place. It is most unfortunate that this has occurred, as it endangers everything Srila Prabhupada came to this world to do. He came from Krishna Loka &#8220;to write some books.&#8221;</p>
<p>So many times, Prabhupada said, referring to his books, &#8220;NO Changes!&#8221; &#8220;Don&#8217;t change anything!&#8221; but this instruction, given repeatedly, has been glossed over by so many elaborate, and often untruthful, explanations and excuses.</p>
<p>The very real danger is that his books could be lost in time, as some changes lead to more changes, and &#8220;tinkering&#8221; with editing is the disease of the American nature. Prabhupada complained of this &#8220;Westerner disease&#8221; often, and there is ample evidence that he did not want his books changed after he left this world.</p>
<p>Posthumous editing is not respected by the scholarly community (see Dr. John Trimble, famous for his Writing with Style) nor is it respected or approved of by the Gaudiya Vaishnava tradition. The opinions of such famous Western scholars as Dr. Trimble, and the opinions of famous Gaudiya scholars, have not been included in this BBT-edit website &#8212; because they are NOT favorable. So the reasoning for doing this massive edit is flawed, i.e. &#8220;to make the books more acceptable to scholars&#8230;&#8221;</p>
<p>So long as Srila Prabhupada was present, he had the artists and the editors working under him, and he oversaw everything. I personally met Srila Prabhupada in early January of 1967, in San Francisco, and at that time Hayagriva was in San Francisco working daily with Srila Prabhupada editing his Bhagavad-gita As It Is. He had come from New York to the budding San Francisco temple, to continue his editing work with Prabhupada there.</p>
<p>Later, in 1968, Hayagriva lived with us in Los Angeles. Srila Prabhupada was in Los Angeles at that time, and daily he and Srila Prabhupada hashed out final details of editing. The Gita was being readied for printing before I went to Hawaii in January of 1969.</p>
<p>Earlier in 1968, while living in Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s apartment, I did the cover for the first MacMillan edition, the purple one, under his direct guidance and supervision. This was the drawing of Lord Vishnu, and was originally supposed to be the Universal Form. MacMillan removed the extra arms of the Universal Form, making it into Lord Vishnu, and they also condensed Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s Gita manuscript down to a much smaller edited version.</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada was not at all happy with MacMillan&#8217;s edit&#8211;their severe condensation; he was quite satisfied with his complete work at that time &#8212; the manuscript that he and Hayagriva had polished and readied, and he wanted the whole thing printed. His entire Bhagavad-gita As It Is was thus print-ready for publication then &#8212; in late 1968.</p>
<p>However, Macmillan objected to so much repetition in the Gita. Srila Prabhupada told us he wanted the repetition, and that it was necessary for proper instruction to his students. MacMillian simply wanted to save money. So since there was no certainty that the book would sell, MacMillan cut it to the bone. Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s lengthy Bhagavad-gita manuscript was cut down to small paperback size for MacMillan&#8217;s economical reasons.</p>
<p>But Prabhupada still wanted his full unedited manuscript printed at that time&#8211;even in late 1968. It simply could not be done due to finances. Later, when money came, and the book proved itself to be a sales success, Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s entire Bhagavad-gita manuscript was published. That was in 1972. Srila Prabhupada was very, very happy with it &#8212; so happy that he used to sit in his room and read it every day, exclaiming in amazement that &#8220;Krishna has written these books!&#8221;</p>
<p>Yes, he read his books daily, and he spoke from that original Bhagavad-gita for over 10 years! He gave lectures on nearly every verse in that original Gita, and he requested only a couple of corrections, such as &#8220;the planet of the trees,&#8221; (to be changed to &#8220;the pitris&#8221;), and a couple of other small corrections. Had only those few changes been made, perhaps this controversy would never have occurred.</p>
<p>However, the problem is this: BBT did not simply edit Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s books and make simple Sanskrit corrections; rather, they edited Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s books and made sweeping changes, over 5,000 of them in the Gita alone, and thus changed the &#8220;writer&#8217;s voice&#8221; that had been so artistically created by Srila Prabhupada and Hayagriva working together.</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada often exclaimed that Hayagriva had been &#8220;sent by Krishna to make my books nice.&#8221;</p>
<p>Hayagriva was, after all, a college professor of English literature since 1964, specializing in the poetic works of the Western transcendentalists&#8211;Blake, Merton, Thoreau, Emerson, Whitman, and so on. He had also studied Buddhist sutras, Plato, Saint Augustine, and Hindu books on theology.</p>
<p>In 1965, Hayagriva, then Professor Howard Wheeler, went to India in search of a guru, having been inspired by some of his Indian college professor friends. He went seeking a guru, being attracted by India&#8217;s sacred legacy.</p>
<p>He found no guru on his India pilgrimage, but only a few months later, he met Srila Prabhupada on a street corner in New York, and immediately became his student! Srila Prabhupada, then known simply as &#8220;Swamiji&#8221;, engaged Hayagriva in editing and typing his Srimad Bhagavatam, and Bhagavad-gita, only days after meeting him. (Does this sound maybe a little like a special-made-to-order gift from Krishna? An editor who already is well-educated and well-versed in English literature, especially poetic transcendental literature?)</p>
<p>Hayagriva helped Srila Prabhupada, using his writing talent, to craft a beautifully flowing Bhagavad-gita in the English language. Certainly, a few Sanskrit translation errors needed to be corrected, but that&#8217;s not what we&#8217;re talking about. Rather, the entire Gita&#8217;s &#8220;poetic writer&#8217;s voice&#8221; has been lost in the edited edition, and often translations have been clumsily re-edited, losing the poetic ring of the &#8220;original version.&#8221;</p>
<p>But the real danger is: where does it stop? BBT editors are continuing to edit and re-edit Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s books even now. How many editions will exist in 150 years, all bearing the same original 1971 signature of Srila Prabhupada?</p>
<p>Jayadvaita Swami joined in the late 60&#8242;s or early 70&#8242;s, whereas Hayagriva had already been working with Srila Prabhupada closely on the editing since sometime in 1966. Srila Prabhupada gave Hayagriva the service of editing his work at a time when devotees had extensive daily access to Srila Prabhupada. We would spend hours in his room, and he would talk with us about Krishna consciousness, and almost anything and everything.</p>
<p>If you will look at Hayagriva&#8217;s book, The Hare Krishna Explosion, written from diaries recorded long before the &#8220;book editing issue&#8221; surfaced (and long before Jayadaita or Dravida became devotees, and even before BBT was formed) you will see that Hayagriva was spending time daily with Srila Prabhupada doing this editing work. It is an undisputed fact, clearly written in Hayagriva&#8217;s diaries from 1966 and 1967.</p>
<p>Jayadvaita Swami, for some reason, ignores this and claims that Hayagriva spent little time with Srila Prabhupada editing his books. This is simply not true.</p>
<p>The fact is that Jayadvaita Swami wasn&#8217;t there yet. I was. I am an eyewitness to the elaborate editing conversations that took place in 1967 and 1968. My husband, Gaursundar, and I even met with MacMillan in New York to discuss the cover, since my drawing was to be used. We were very involved with the whole process. That first Gita, the purple one, was printed only a few months after I went to Hawaii in January of 1969.</p>
<p>In late 1968, just prior to my departure for Hawaii, Hayagriva was in Los Angeles, staying with us for several weeks in Prabhupada&#8217;s apartment, and working daily on the final polishing of the manuscript for the MacMillan Gita, as well as other books. It was at that time that Prabhupada married Hayagriva to Shama dasi.</p>
<p>For over a year, from late 1967 to early 1969, I was Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s secretary and cook, while my husband Gaursundar, gave massages to Srila Prabhupada daily, and also took him for morning walks. I usually stayed at home to clean Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s room and in order to have his breakfast ready when he returned. During that amazing year, we traveled with Srila Prabhupada from city to city, assisting him in his publications, and helping to arrange a comfortable home situation for him.</p>
<p>Aside from taking dictation from Srila Prabhupada for letter writing and correspondence, my job at that time was also transcribing the tapes for Nectar of Devotion and Caitanya-caritamrita. Srila Prabhupada would rise in the wee hours of the morning, around 2:00 am, and spend hours speaking his books into his dictaphone. Later in the morning, he would hand me a tape to type&#8211;even sometimes two tapes!</p>
<p>Gaursundar was a Sanskrit and Bengali scholar, so he was transliterating Caitanya-caritamrita, and discussing the forthcoming production of Caitanya-caritamrita with Srila Prabhupada at every opportunity. That was his service.</p>
<p>Earlier in 1968, the year the final edit of the Gita was done, Srila Prabhupada supervised my drawings for the cover of the forthcoming MacMillan Gita, as well as the drawings for the forthcoming Teachings of Lord Chaitanya. I would work at my drafting table in my art room, and Srila Prabhupada would come shuffling down the hall into my art studio (the houseshoes I gave him made shuffling sounds so I could always hear him coming down the hall.)</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada would come into my artroom and stand over my shoulder and watch me work. In this way, he oversaw the drawing for the cover of the Gita, as well as the five drawings for Teachings of Lord Chaitanya (drawings which BBT later removed, for whatever reason, another &#8220;improvement&#8221; perhaps. This was one of the early changes Prabhupada later complained about. He was very explicit about NOT removing ANY of the drawings and paintings from his books.)</p>
<p>Prabhupada oversaw the editing work just as carefully as he supervised the artwork. For example, I had never been to India, and certainly not to Jagannath Puri. Yet Srila Prabhupada described the inside of Lord Jagannath&#8217;s temple so that I could draw the scene of the altar. He supervised everything. Srila Prabhupada was very involved with every part of his book production process, from the conception of paintings to the final choice of size and color.</p>
<p>There is some erroneous idea promoted by BBT-edit that Prabhupada spent very little time with Hayagriva and that he did not closely watch over the work of the editors and artists. I did not perceive this to be true.</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada watched us from the outside and from the INSIDE as well. He knew everything that was going on in our hearts and minds, and clearly indicated this many times. He also guided our hands in our artwork. He guided our writing work and our editing work. His mystic opulences were not promoted, nor even discussed or understood, but trust me, he was fully in charge of our activities. At one time, he even wrote to me from India, &#8220;I know your mind.&#8221;</p>
<p>Now, so many years have passed. Jayadvaita Swami seems to think this book issue is a &#8220;political controversy.&#8221; BBT finances him to travel around from temple to temple, all over the world, with his neatly packaged presentations on why Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s books have been edited and changed so drastically.</p>
<p>I have no personal dislike or antagonism for Jayadvaita Swami, or for Dravida Prabhu. We were always friends. But this issue is one that we cannot agree upon, because it is clearly a disregard for Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s platform as Acharya. And it threatens to dismantle the entire mechanism that Srila Prabhupada set in motion.</p>
<p>The Bhagavad-gita As It Is has been changed so drastically that it no longer even sounds like the same book. Now, I am not saying it is useless; I think every devotee should get both copies and compare them.</p>
<p>But please understand, the original unedited Bhagavad-gita As It Is is the one that Srila Prabhupada sat and read daily in his room, the one he gave public lectures from, and quoted from on many, many occasions &#8212; for over 10 years!</p>
<p>Are we to also edit his spoken lectures? Or are we to appreciate that his transcendental voice is coming from a realm far beyond our minds, far beyond this universe?</p>
<p>Aside from this, perhaps I may reveal my mind further in this matter&#8230;.I am uncertain whether this should be revealed, yet at some point, I guess it is inevitable:</p>
<p>When Jayadvaita Swami came here to Hawaii about ten years ago, I had a darshan (one of the very few that I have had since Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s departure&#8230;) of Srila Prabhupada in my temple room. In that brief darshan, Srila Prabhupada ordered me, &#8220;I want you to speak!&#8221;, indicating he wanted me to speak out about the book changes, and to address Jayadvaita Swami.</p>
<p>My first response was &#8220;I don&#8217;t wanna&#8230;&#8221; (who wants to go before a firing squad?) Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s response was commanding: &#8220;You have to, that is my order&#8230;they will listen to you!&#8221; At that point I agreed, what else could I do?</p>
<p>I then educated myself more thoroughly on the whole issue. Subsequently, several discussions were held at the Honolulu temple, with Jayadvaita Swami, where a number of other senior disciples came to voice their grievances and opinions as well. Those discussions were taped and later transcribed and can be found on <a href="http://www.Adi-vani.org" rel="nofollow">http://www.Adi-vani.org</a>. And now on another website known as <a href="http://www.BookChanges.com" rel="nofollow">http://www.BookChanges.com</a>, and perhaps other places as well.</p>
<p>Since then, I have studied the lawsuit that cost the BBT over a million dollars to defend the edited book changes&#8211; a lawsuit that was lost, and that BBT is careful not to discuss or mention. Or if they do mention it, it is done so in a very misleading manner.</p>
<p>Let me add here, that in the BBT lawyers&#8217; arguments, BBT labeled Srila Prabhupada as a &#8220;writer for hire&#8221; and therefore his books belonged to BBT and could be edited however they pleased. This argument, albeit only a legal agenda, is clearly great aparadha.</p>
<p>BBT lost the case anyway, in spite of hiring a very prestigious copyright law firm. Only because BBT lost this case defending Jayadvaita&#8217;s edited versions, the original books are back in print. They were out of print for over twenty years! (Does anyone believe in the &#8220;blade of grass theory&#8221; &#8212; not a blade of grass moves without the will of the Lord?)</p>
<p>AND it is unlikely they would EVER have been back in print, without this costly million dollar court case. We know this, because one senior Prabhupada disciple had the money, and asked to print a small run of the original Bhagavad-gita As It Is for the Prabhupada Centennial. Her requests were ignored by the BBT.</p>
<p>I have personally discussed this matter with Dr. John Trimble, a noted scholar and editor, and perhaps one of America&#8217;s leading English and writing educators at the University of Texas at Austin. He explained that posthumous editing is frowned upon in the scholarly community, and even has a name: &#8220;bowdlerizing&#8221;, which has the connotation of bastardizing an author&#8217;s works. (Are Steinbeck&#8217;s and Hemmingway&#8217;s novels posthumously edited&#8211;even though they often have words in them that are no longer considered socially or politically appropriate? NO.)</p>
<p>And if for some reason, a writer&#8217;s works ARE posthumously edited, it is a rule in the publishing industry that the work is no longer considered to be only the author&#8217;s work, but an edited version of it. And thus it is required that the editor&#8217;s name is on the cover as well&#8211;not just Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s name, as has been done by the BBT. The rule is that the public must know up-front that the book has been edited and/or abridged by so-and-so.</p>
<p>That means, the edited Bhagavad-gita As It Is should have on the front cover, &#8216;edited posthumously by Jayadvaita Swami, and/or Dravida das&#8217;. Why do BBT consider they are above such accepted industry protocol, and thus present an edited version, done posthumously, with Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s 1971 signature &#8212; as if he were here to authorize the edits? In educated circles, this is not only considered unscholarly, it is considered unethical.</p>
<p>I also researched whether such posthumous editing was done in our Gaudiya Vaishnava tradition. To find out whether this is acceptable in the Gaudiya Vaishnava tradition, I approached HH B. V. Narayana Maharaja with questions about this matter. He told me clearly that this was not to be done to the writings of an Acharya. His exact words were, &#8220;they have lost Swamiji&#8217;s voice&#8221; in this posthumously edited Bhagavad-gita. I have not approached other scholars and/or religious leaders, but I intend to do so.</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada is concerned about the loss of his gift to the world &#8212; his books. It is not that they are completely lost now, with this one edit. But they will continue to edit, and change, and change again, and again. The editors that come after Jayadvaita Swami and Dravida Prabhu are gone will surely have new and different ideas, and in due course of time, the pure teachings will be lost. Just like the instructions Krishna gave to the Sun God.</p>
<p>Just as Krishna says in the Gita that &#8220;I gave this knowledge to the Sungod, but it was lost in the course of time,&#8221; the same thing will happen to Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s books if we allow this book change issue to go unchecked. There is no end to it.</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s communication to me is that this is the single most important issue. And that every one of his faithful disciples should speak out on this issue, whether we are criticized or not.</p>
<p>It really isn&#8217;t about Jayadvaita Swami or any particular person. Anybody can make a mistake; we are all conditioned souls. Rather, it is about keeping Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s teachings intact for the future welfare of mankind. Two hundred years from now, when scholars are researching this great movement, and they find thirty editions of the Bhagavad-gita As It Is, all bearing Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s 1971 signature, how will they even know which edition is the original and authentic one?</p>
<p>They will know only by the statements that we, Prabhupada&#8217;s disciples, leave behind. Therefore, it is our duty, to be faithful to our Guru, to speak out to defend his books, even if it makes us unpopular.</p>
<p>Amazingly, some respected ISKCON leaders have been known to criticize the original books, calling them &#8220;Ritvik books!&#8221; Yet those same leaders became devotees from reading those original books!</p>
<p>This BBT propaganda is not coming from Jayadvaita Swami or the BBT; it is coming from the Kali Chela, who are working diligently to infiltrate this great movement launched by Srila Prabhupada &#8212; a movement launched with a handful of sincere American teenagers who loved their &#8220;Swamiji&#8221;, and continue to love him, more than life itself.</p>
<p>Dear Devotees, please don&#8217;t take all this for face value; do your own research, offer your own prayers to Srila Prabhupada, and then decide what is right. Don&#8217;t simply parrot the propaganda that BBT is spreading to try to make it all sound all right. As a disciple, you and I and every one of us has a duty to Srila Prabhupada, to his legacy, to safeguard his valuable teachings for the generations of devotees to come. That is our most important duty. </p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5792/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5792/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5792&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/14/to-edit-or-not-to-edit-that-is-the-question/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/srila-prabhupada-with-book.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Srila Prabhupada-with-book</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Creating the Post of Officiating Acarya</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/14/creating-the-post-of-officiating-acarya-or-grand-disciples/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/14/creating-the-post-of-officiating-acarya-or-grand-disciples/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2013 16:09:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Diksha]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disciplic succession]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guru & Disciple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guru-tattva]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISKCON]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iskcon Bangalore]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Madhu Pandit das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Siksa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[1st and 2nd initiation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bangalore Group]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[diksa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[diksa disciples]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[disciple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guru]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guru disciple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[initiates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISKCON Bangalore]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ISKCON Mumbi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[officiating Acarya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ritvik]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satsvarupa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[siksa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[spiritual master]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Synopsis of the System of Initiation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tamala Krsna]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5783</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Creating the Post of Officiating Acarya In the ensuing struggle between the Devotees of ISKCON Bangalore and ISKCON Mumbi, it is this authors hope that both sides will try to work towards a brotherly reconciliation. Wherein both sides can find the common ground, which is faith in, and obedience to the teachings of Srila Prabhupada. [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5783&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/1harinam.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/1harinam.jpg?w=535&#038;h=400" alt="Officiating Acarya Initiation " width="535" height="400" class="alignleft size-full wp-image-5785" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Creating the Post of Officiating Acarya</strong></p>
<p>In the ensuing struggle between the Devotees of ISKCON Bangalore and ISKCON Mumbi, it is this authors hope that both sides will try to work towards a brotherly reconciliation.  Wherein both sides can find the common ground, which is faith in, and obedience to the teachings of Srila Prabhupada.</p>
<p>Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s intentions with regard to how initiations should be conducted in his physical absence was clearly stated in the May 28th, 1977 discussion with the GBC:</p>
<p><strong>Satsvarūpa:</strong> &#8230;Then our next question concerns initiations in the future, particularly at that time when you&#8217;re no longer with us. We want to know how first and second initiation would be conducted.</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Yes. I shall recommend some of you. After this is settled up, I shall recommend some of you to act as officiating ācāryas.</p>
<p><strong>Tamāla Kṛṣṇa:</strong> Is that called ṛtvik-ācārya?</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Ṛtvik, yes.</p>
<p><strong>Satsvarūpa:</strong> Then what is the relationship of that person who gives the initiation and the&#8230;</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> He&#8217;s guru. He&#8217;s guru.</p>
<p><strong>Satsvarūpa: </strong>But he does it on your behalf.</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Yes. That is formality. Because in my presence one should not become guru, so on my behalf, on my order&#8230; Āmāra ājñāya guru hañā [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. Be actually guru, but by my order.</p>
<p><strong>Satsvarūpa:</strong> So they may also be considered your disciples.</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Yes, they are disciples. Why consider? Who?</p>
<p><strong>Tamāla Kṛṣṇa:</strong> No, he&#8217;s asking that these ṛtvik-ācāryas, they&#8217;re officiating, giving dīkṣā. Their&#8230; The people who they give dīkṣā to, whose disciple are they?</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> They&#8217;re his disciple.</p>
<p><strong>Tamāla Kṛṣṇa:</strong> They&#8217;re his disciple.</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Who is initiating. He is grand-disciple.</p>
<p><strong>Satsvarūpa:</strong> Yes.</p>
<p><strong>Tamāla Kṛṣṇa:</strong> That&#8217;s clear.</p>
<p>So it is plain to see that those giving diksa would be acting as officiating acaryas, and those receiving diksa from them would be their disciples. It is the duty of the GBC to create the post of Officiating Acarya so that we may all be properly connected to the disciplic succession.  </p>
<p>&#8220;Who is Initiating&#8221; refers to the Officiating Acarya who is giving diksa, and those who receive diksa are his initiated disciples and Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s grand-disciples.</p>
<p>That&#8217;s clear. (However that instruction was never followed).</p>
<p>The GBC must create the post of &#8220;Officiating Acarya&#8221;, and all the ISKCON gurus would be considered as such, as it should have been since the time of the famous <a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/category/july-9th-letter/" target="_blank">July 9th Letter</a>.  This I think, would be the beginning of the much needed reconcililation, and cure many of the ills of our society.</p>
<p>The following is the Synopsis of the System of Initiation as applicable to the ISKCON Bangalore group of temples and could be incorporated into mainstream ISKCON very easily.</p>
<p><strong>The Post of Officiating Acarya</strong>  <span id="more-5783"></span></p>
<p><strong>The Synopsis of the System of Initiation</strong><br />
(As applicable to ISKCON Bangalore group of temples)<br />
Final Synopsis offered to GBC by Madhu Pandit dasa on March 5th, 2013</p>
<p>An elaboration of the July 9th 1977 directive on initiation to be followed by Bangalore Group of temples.</p>
<p><strong>1.)</strong> The giver of 1st and 2nd initiation, acting as representative of Acharya, will be called Officiating Acharya. The Officiating Acharya shall also be considered a formal or institutionally appointed official guru[2] by the candidates whom he initiates, but not a guru in the sense described in paragraph 2. The devotees whom he initiates do not also consider or call themselves diksa disciples of the Officiating Acharyas. </p>
<p><strong>2.)</strong> Srila Prabhupada’s books and other writings, HDG’s teachings in lectures, letters and conversations describe a bona fide, a cent percent Krishna conscious and pure devotee spiritual master coming in the disciplic succession of Acharyas[3] to whom one has to completely surrender to, render service and please such a spiritual master to attain success in spiritual life &#8211; obtain Krishna prema and return Back to Godhead. That spiritual master for all devotees of ISKCON-Bangalore group will be Srila Prabhupada.</p>
<p><strong>3.)</strong> The following will apply to the Officiating Acharyas: </p>
<p>     <strong>a.</strong> Merely because the Officiating Acharyas have performed the official initiation ceremonies, they shall not be considered as Maha bhagavatas or    pure devotees or regarded as sakshad Hari nor are their instructions to be followed absolutely without deviations.</p>
<p>    <strong> b.</strong> There shall be no worship in the form of daily guru puja or Vyasa Puja for the Officiating Acharya. </p>
<p>     <strong>c.</strong> No special pranam mantra or honorific titles will be used for the Offciating Acharyas.</p>
<p>     <strong>d.</strong> Pictures of Officiating Acharyas will not be placed on the altar by the pujari. </p>
<p>     <strong>e.</strong> Guru Gayatri meditation is only on Srila Prabhupada. </p>
<p>     <strong>f.</strong> Officiating Acarya do not sit in the disciplic succession or Acharya Parampara[4], as successor Acharya of Srila Prabhupada. Officiating Acharya by virtue of performing 1st and 2nd initiation ceremonies cannot be regarded as a current link in the disciplic succession of Acharyas as mentioned in the Introduction of Bhagavad Gita As It Is. Srila Prabhupada shall continue to be the current link in the disciplic succession of Acharyas.</p>
<p>     <strong>g.</strong> The Officiating Acharya do not receive guru dakshina or if they receive, they transfer the same to the nearest ISKCON temple.</p>
<p><strong>4.)</strong> It shall be made clear that giving the Vaishnava dasa name and the set of mantras qualifying one for Deity worship on behalf of Srila Prabhupada is Officiating Acharya ’s function.  Any respect given to him is for this service. Any further respect is for his actual spiritual position as a devotee. </p>
<p><strong>5.)</strong> If an Officiating Acharya by any chance falls down, it will not be required of those whom he initiated that they take re-initiation to continue performing Deity worship. It is in this sense, ISKCON recognizes that these Officiating Acaryas are institutional gurus, giving the initiation on behalf of the institution and on behalf of Srila Prabhupada.</p>
<p><strong>6.)</strong> For ISKCON Bangalore group of devotees everyone&#8217;s primary guru is Srila Prabhupada since he is the primary siksha guru, deliverer and vanquisher of sinful reactions. However at one stage of such an ongoing process of Krishna consciousness ie; the initiation ceremony, the Officiating Acarya gives the formal initiation on behalf of Srila Prabhupada.</p>
<p><strong>7.)</strong> For the question, “Who is your guru?” ISKCON Bangalore group of devotees will answer the question as “Srila Prabhupada” only.</p>
<p><strong>8.)</strong> For the question, “Whose disciple are you?” ISKCON Bangalore group of devotees will answer the question as Srila Prabhupada only.</p>
<p><strong>9.)</strong> For the question “Are you a diksha disciple of SP”?<br />
The Bangalore Group of devotees will answer:<br />
“The person who performed the formal or official diksa ceremony is ____(name of the Officiating Acharya); but the person who gives us transcendental knowledge, who vanquishes our sinful reactions and one who delivers us is Srila Prabhupada.” </p>
<p><strong>10.)</strong> To manage initiations in the ISKCON Bangalore group of temples, ISKCON GBC or ISKCON Mumbai Bureau will appoint some devotees recommended by the ISKCON Bangalore group as Officiating Acharyas, from time to time, provided they also fulfil the requirements of personal spiritual qualification which are presently applicable to the initiating gurus in rest of ISKCON. They will give the Vaishnava names for the first initiates, and personally give the gayatri mantra for the second initiates (not play Srila Prabhupada’s tape). Only such appointed Officiating Acaryas shall perform 1st and 2nd initiation in the Bangalore group of temples. </p>
<p><strong>11.)</strong> As Founder and Acharya of ISKCON[5] and exalted pure devotee of Krishna and Sri Chaitanya Mahaprabhu, all devotees in ISKCON can and should be encouraged to take complete shelter of Srila Prabhupada and his instructions.</p>
<p><strong>12.)</strong> In the case of ISKCON Bangalore group of devotees, during the 1st initiation ceremony the Officiating Acarya shall formalize the relation[6] between the new devotees and Srila Prabhupada as THE PRIMARY GURU to whom they shall surrender completely, regarding him as saksad hari and please him to please Lord Krishna, who will through a process awaken divya jnana, vanquish sinful reactions, deliver them from the material world and bless them with Krishna prema.</p>
<p><strong>13.)</strong> Post the settlement of the dispute between ISKCON Mumbai and ISKCON-Bangalore, with the Guru issue settled as outlined in this document, an ongoing discussion of the guru issue can continue with a Guru Issue Committee that includes representations from GBC members, members of ISKCON Bureau, selected members from national bodies around the world and ISKCON Bangalore group devotees. </p>
<p>The conclusions of such a Guru Issue Committee will have to be accepted in the Bangalore group of temples by a referendum of all the initiated disciples of the ISKCON Bangalore group. As long as there is no acceptance by a majority of the initiated disciples in such a referendum, the Bangalore Group of devotees will continue with the understanding as outlined in this document. </p>
<p>This is to ensure that by a majority vote in the Guru Issue Committee, in which the ISKCON Bangalore group representatives will be a minority, the ISKCON Bangalore group will not be helplessly forced to accept any conclusion of the Guru Issue Committee. </p>
<p><strong>14.)</strong> Both groups will not try to change faith of young devotees of the respective temples on the guru issue and the system of initiation. The guru issue will be discussed only in disciplined, pre-approved (by both groups) and moderated forum and in a civilized and vaishnava manner. A code of conduct shall be followed for visiting devotees to the ISKCON temples of both groups in the spirit of this settlement.</p>
<p><strong>15.)</strong> The belief, preaching and practice in ISKCON Bangalore group of temples will be that the devotees receive the Holy name from Srila Prabhupada as the current link in the disciplic succession at the time of first initiation[7], and Srila Prabhupada is the one who is awakening divya jnana, vanquishing sinful reactions and delivering all surrendered souls in an ongoing spiritual process that begins the first day the devotees come in contact with Srila Prabhupada[8] through his books, his devotees[9] or his institution. </p>
<p>However the Gayatri mantras are given by the Officiating Acarya into the right ear of the initiated devotee on behalf of Srila Prabhupada. </p>
<p><strong>16.)</strong> Although the ISKCON-Bangalore group of devotees maintain that they are disciples of Srila Prabhupada because he is the giver of all levels of transcendental knowledge (divya jnana), vanquisher of sinful reactions and deliverer of devotees, considering the sensitivities involved in ISKCON with regard to guru issue and ongoing discussion of Guru Issue Committee, they shall not ‘call’ themselves diksa disciples of Srila Prabhupada, but will only call themselves disciples of Srila Prabhupada or Prabhupadanugas, and say that Srila Prabhupada is their primary guru. </p>
<p><strong>Footnotes:</strong></p>
<p><strong>[1] </strong>This is a slightly edited version of the note jointly prepared with representatives of ISKCON Mumbai and ISKCON-Bangalore group on Feb 3rd, 2013. However this is edited for brevity and only those points applicable to ISKCON-Bangalore group of temples is presented here.</p>
<p><strong>[2]</strong> Satsvarupa: Then what is the relationship of that person who gives the initiation and the&#8230;<br />
Prabhupada: He&#8217;s guru. He&#8217;s guru. (May 28th, 1977 conversation)</p>
<p>Tamala Krsna: No, he&#8217;s asking that these ritvik-acharyas, they&#8217;re officiating, giving diksa. Their&#8230; The people who they give diksa to, whose disciple are they?</p>
<p>Prabhupada: They&#8217;re his disciple. (May 28th, 1977 conversation)</p>
<p>The word guru is equally applicable to the vartma-pradarsaka-guru, siksa-guru and diksa-guru. (CC Madhya 8.128)<br />
 <br />
<strong>[3]</strong> The äcärya gives the suitable method for crossing the ocean of nescience by accepting the boat of the Lord&#8217;s lotus feet, and if this method is strictly followed, the followers will ultimately reach the destination, by the grace of the Lord. This method is called äcärya-sampradäya. It is therefore said, sampradäya-vihénä ye manträs te niñphalä matäù (Padma Puräëa). The äcärya-sampradäya is strictly bona fide. Therefore one must accept the äcärya-sampradäya; otherwise one&#8217;s endeavor will be futile. (Srimad Bhagavatam, 10.2.31); </p>
<p><strong>If you want real knowledge, then you must take knowledge from the äcäryas or the äcärya-paramparä. Then there is knowledge. Otherwise it is ignorance.</strong> (Srila Prabhupada lecture, Sanand, Dec 25th, 1975)<br />
 <br />
<strong>[4]</strong> Just like Gosvämés, they are äcäryas; Srinivas Äcärya. So äcärya paramparä, disciplic succession. Baladeva Vidyäbhüñaëa is also äcärya in this Gauòéya-sampradäya. So his special gift… Every äcärya means he gives some special things. Previous äcärya has given, and the next äcärya gives something more. That is the symptom of äcärya. &#8230;So every äcärya is giving a further lift. (Srila Prabhupada class on Isopanisad, Los Angeles, 1970)</p>
<p>The spiritual master, being in the disciplic succession stemming from Närada Muni, is in the same category with Närada Muni. A person can be relieved from his sinful activity if he surrenders to the lotus feet of a person who actually represents Närada Muni. (CC Madhya 24.258)<br />
 <br />
<strong>[5]</strong> I was being maintained by the International Society for Krishna Consciousness of which I am the Founder and Acharya. (Srila Prabhupada letter to Bank of Baroda, Jan 2nd, 1971)</p>
<p>This is to certify that Mr. Brent Selden, whose initiated name is Sudama das Goswami, is the president of our Honolulu Center, and therefore authorized to deal with all lands and property possessed by ISKCON.<br />
Sincerely, A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami, Founder and Acharya, of International Society for Krishna Consciousness. (Srila Prabhupada letter dated April 21st, 1974)</p>
<p><strong>[6]</strong> “When taking shelter in ISKCON, a devotee establishes a relationship with many gurus, foremost of whom is our Founder-Acarya, as well as others who serve as siksa, or instructing, gurus. At a later point in one’s spiritual development, and upon initiation a devotee in ISKCON formalizes his or her relationship with a personal diksha guru, Srila Prabhupada and the other members of our parampara.” GBC Statement Regarding the ISKCON Bangalore Litigation dated Jan 23rd, 2013<br />
 <br />
<strong>[7]</strong> Now the next initiation will be performed as a ceremony officially, of course that ceremony has value because the name, Holy Name, will be delivered to the student from the disciplic succession, it has got value. (Srila Prabhupada letter to Tamala Krishna, Aug 19th, 1968)<br />
 <br />
<strong>[8]</strong> The eternal bond between disciple and spiritual master begins from the first day he hears. Just like my spiritual master. In 1922 he said in our first meeting, you are educated boys, why don&#8217;t you preach this cult. That was the beginning, now it is coming to fact. Therefore the relationship began from that day. (Srila Prabhupada letter to Jadurani, Sept 4th 1972)<br />
 <br />
<strong>[9]</strong> You have heard it from me and my disciples, similarly I have heard it from my Guru Maharaja, and so on, and on. Because you have heard it from a pure devotee of the Lord, therefore it is transmitted from you to another. Just as an aerial message, is transmitted from one place to another, similarly, this Guru parampara system is working. My disciples are my agents, my representatives, so by hearing it from them, you are receiving it from me. And because you are a sincere soul, those who are hearing the Mantra from you are receiving it in disciplic succession, from Lord Caitanya and from Lord Krishna. (Srila Prabhupada letter to Andrea temple, 6th March 1968)</p>
<p> <strong>A note on posthumous initiation- a different perspective: </strong></p>
<p><em><strong>We also do not consider this as a posthumous initiation system as the system does not presume to make Srila Prabhupada do any act part of diksha which is a prakrta component after his disappearance from our mundane view. The external, physical or prakrta components of diksha like the ceremonies, giving mala, gayatri, pariksha and acceptance of discipleship are being done by living persons on behalf of Srila Prabhupada as per the written directions of Srila Prabhupada on 9th July 1977. We do not say Srila Prabhupada is doing this aspect of diksha. It is done by the officiating Acaryas on behalf of Srila Prabhupada who are living persons. It is the non physical part or the aprakrta role that we believe Srila Prabhupada continues to perform in accepting disciples for himself as he was doing before his dissappearance. We do not presume any mystical role of Srila Prabhupada to do the prakrta part of diksha. There should be no bar in a person transcendentally acting from an aprakrta plane after his disappearance as physicality is immaterial for acting from the aprakrta plane. The Officiating Acarya will personally give the gayatri mantra into the right ear of the devotee. Hence, in our opinion assigning that Srila Prabhupada is posthumously doing the initiation itself is a misapplication to July 9th 1977 system of initiation as there is no physical role of Srila Prabhupada in the entire process. Our case is quite different from a clear case of posthumous initiation in which someone took initiation straight out of a picture or Deity of Srila Prabhupada and took mala from the picture or took a Vaishnava name himself assuming that Srila Prabhupada is doing all this. Plus we are accepting that the Officiating Acarya is institutionally appointed guru directly representing Srila Prabhupada for the purpose of formally connecting the devotees to Srila Prabhupada as their primary Guru and not merely a priest. I just mentioned it if it helps the GBC see that July 9th system is not really posthumous in the plain sense. Live people are doing the prakrta part of diksha. </strong></em></p>
<p> </p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5783/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5783/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5783&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/14/creating-the-post-of-officiating-acarya-or-grand-disciples/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/1harinam.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Officiating Acarya Initiation </media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Singing Sadhu</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/12/5773/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/12/5773/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 12 May 2013 13:48:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Acyutanananda das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Songs of the Vaisnava Acaryas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[26 second Avenue]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Acyutananda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Acyutananda Swami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Brahmananda Swami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bruce]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chuck Barnett]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[disciples]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[India]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[initiated disciples of Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sannyasa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sriman Acyutananda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tompkins Square Park]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vaisnava songs]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5773</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[It was my good fortune to finally meet one of my singing mentors, and God-brother, the legendary Acyutananda das, at the Festival of Inspiration held annually at the New Vrindavan farm community in West Virginia. He was a very likable character and willingly signed my 1974 copy of the Songs of the Vaisnava Acaryas. He [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5773&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/acyutananda-das.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/acyutananda-das.jpg?w=535" alt="Acyutananda das"   class="alignleft size-full wp-image-5774" /></a></p>
<p>It was my good fortune to finally meet one of my singing mentors, and God-brother, the legendary Acyutananda das, at the Festival of Inspiration held annually at the New Vrindavan farm community in West Virginia.  He was a very likable character and willingly signed my 1974 copy of the Songs of the Vaisnava Acaryas.  He opened the Festival of Inspiration with a Question and Answer session, answering all kinds of questions on the &#8220;Early Days&#8221;, &#8220;India&#8221;, &#8220;Life with Srila Prabhupada&#8221;, &#8220;Spiritual Life&#8221; etc., etc. with his own blend of sarcastic humor, wit, and intellectual powers.  It was quite enjoyable and enlightening.  He is a very &#8216;real&#8217;, unpretentious fellow, and as I said very likable.  </p>
<p>In honor of our visit with him we are posting the Foreword from the Songs of the Vaisnava Acarays, wherein Srila Prabhupada is giving his thanks and blessings:</p>
<p><strong>&#8230;I confer all my blessings upon Acyutananda Swami for his genuine attempt to advance in Krishna consciousness.  I hope he will attempt to advance more and more and never be hampered my maya.  We should always remember the danger of maya&#8217;s influence and endeavor to save ourselves from her great power.  We must therefore always merge in the transcendental mellow of kirtana-rasa, for kirtana-rasa is the safest situation within this material world.  Hare Krishna.</p>
<p>A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami</strong></p>
<p>Foweard <span id="more-5773"></span></p>
<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/01/songs-of-the-vaisnava-acaryas.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/01/songs-of-the-vaisnava-acaryas.jpg?w=535&#038;h=367" alt="Songs of the Vaisnava Acaryas" width="535" height="367" class="alignleft size-full wp-image-5084" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Songs of the Vaisnava Acaryas</strong><br />
Hymns and mantras composed for the glorification of the Supreme Lord, Sri Krishna</p>
<p><strong>Foreword</strong><br />
by A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami</p>
<p>The International Society for Krishna Consciousness was established in New York in the year 1966. After my arrival in the United States in September of 1965, I personally underwent a difficult struggle, and in 1966 I rented a store front and apartment at 26 Second Avenue.  When ISKCON was incorporated, a boy named Chuck Barnett joined me, along with a few others, to form the nucleus for the institution&#8217;s future development.  At this time I used to chant the Hare Krsna maha-mantra underneath a tree in Tompkin&#8217;s Square Park in New York. Sriman Barnett and another boy, Bruce, were the first to begin dancing in front of me, and others in the audience joined them.  The New York Times published a report of this, with our picture and a headline declaring that I was attracting the younger generation to the Hare Krishna Movement.</p>
<p>Later both Chuck and Bruce, along with others, became my initiated disciples, and still later, in 1970, both took sannyasa, receiving the names Acyutananda Swami and Brahmananda Swami.  Now Brahmananda is preaching in Africa, and Acyutananda is preaching in India.</p>
<p>When I became sick in 1967, I left the United States and returned to India,  Sriman Acyutananda could not remain separated from me, and therefore he joined me in Vrndavan when I was staying there.  Since then Acyutananda Swami has worked very hard in India.  He has preached extensively in Calcutta and other parts of Bengal, he has learned how to sing in Bengali and play mrdanga like a professional, and now he has compiled this book of Bengali songs with English explanations.</p>
<p>I am greatly pleased to see this collection of songs composed by Thakura Bhaktivinoda, Narottama dasa, and other great acaryas of the Gaudiya Vaisnava community (sampradaya).  Songs composed by the acaryas are not ordinary songs.  When chanted by pure Vaisnavas who follow the rules and regulations of Vaisnava character, they are actually effective in awakening the Krsna consciousness dormant in every living entity.  I have advised Sriman Acyutananda Swami to sing more songs of the Vaisnava dadavali and record them in books so that my disciples and others in the Western countries may take advantage of this chanting and thus advance in Krishna consciousness more and more.</p>
<p>I confer all my blessings upon Acyutananda Swami for his genuine attempt to advance in Krishna consciousness.  I hope he will attempt to advance more and more and never be hampered my maya.  We should always remember the danger of maya&#8217;s influence and endeavor to save ourselves from her great power.  We must therefore always merge in the transcendental mellow of kirtana-rasa, for kirtana-rasa is the safest situation within this material world.  Hare Krishna.</p>
<p>A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami</p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5773/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5773/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5773&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/12/5773/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/acyutananda-das.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Acyutananda das</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/01/songs-of-the-vaisnava-acaryas.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Songs of the Vaisnava Acaryas</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Natural Prosperity</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/10/natural-prosperity/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/10/natural-prosperity/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 May 2013 14:36:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srimad Bhagavatam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Teachings of Queen Kunti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vegetarianism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fruits]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[godless civilization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[herbs and grains]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[human prosperity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[industrial enterprise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[natural gifts of nature]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[nature]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[organic food]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SB 1.8.40]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Theachings of Wueen Kunti]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vegetables]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vegetarian]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vegetarianism]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5767</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The following is a very nice verse from the Srimad Bhagavatam describing the Gifts of Nature, and how everything is coming from God. We have also included the chapter from the Teachings of Queen Kunti, Where Srila Prabhupada further explaines this wonderful text. &#8230;Human prosperity flourishes by natural gifts and not by gigantic industrial enterprises. [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5767&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/origanic-food.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/origanic-food.jpg?w=535" alt="Origanic Food"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5768" /></a></p>
<p><em>The following is a very nice verse from the Srimad Bhagavatam describing the Gifts of Nature, and how everything is coming from God.  We have also included the chapter from the Teachings of Queen Kunti, Where Srila Prabhupada further explaines this wonderful text.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;Human prosperity flourishes by natural gifts and not by gigantic industrial enterprises.</strong></em></p>
<p><strong>Srimad Bhagavatam</strong><br />
By His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Canto One, Chapter 8, Text 40</p>
<p><strong>ime jana-padāḥ svṛddhāḥ<br />
supakvauṣadhi-vīrudhaḥ<br />
vanādri-nady-udanvanto<br />
hy edhante tava vīkṣitaiḥ</strong></p>
<p>ime—all these; jana-padāḥ—cities and towns; svṛddhāḥ—flourished; supakva—nature; auṣadhi—herbs; vīrudhaḥ—vegetables; vana—forests; adri—hills; nadī—rivers; udanvantaḥ—seas; hi—certainly; edhante—increasing; tava—by You; vīkṣitaiḥ—seen.</p>
<p><strong>All these cities and villages are flourishing in all respects because the herbs and grains are in abundance, the trees are full of fruits, the rivers are flowing, the hills are full of minerals and the oceans full of wealth. And this is all due to Your glancing over them. </strong></p>
<p>Human prosperity flourishes by natural gifts and not by gigantic industrial enterprises. The gigantic industrial enterprises are products of a godless civilization, and they cause the destruction of the noble aims of human life. The more we go on increasing such troublesome industries to squeeze out the vital energy of the human being, the more there will be unrest and dissatisfaction of the people in general, although a few only can live lavishly by exploitation. The natural gifts such as grains and vegetables, fruits, rivers, the hills of jewels and minerals, and the seas full of pearls are supplied by the order of the Supreme, and as He desires, material nature produces them in abundance or restricts them at times. The natural law is that the human being may take advantage of these godly gifts by nature and satisfactorily flourish on them without being captivated by the exploitative motive of lording it over material nature. The more we attempt to exploit material nature according to our whims of enjoyment, the more we shall become entrapped by the reaction of such exploitative attempts. If we have sufficient grains, fruits, vegetables and herbs, then what is the necessity of running a slaughterhouse and killing poor animals? A man need not kill an animal if he has sufficient grains and vegetables to eat. The flow of river waters fertilizes the fields, and there is more than what we need. Minerals are produced in the hills, and the jewels in the ocean. If the human civilization has sufficient grains, minerals, jewels, water, milk, etc., then why should it hanker after terrible industrial enterprises at the cost of the labor of some unfortunate men? But all these natural gifts are dependent on the mercy of the Lord. What we need, therefore, is to be obedient to the laws of the Lord and achieve the perfection of human life by devotional service. The indications by Kuntīdevī are just to the point. She desires that God&#8217;s mercy be bestowed upon them so that natural prosperity be maintained by His grace.</p>
<p>Also From the Teachings of Queen Kunti, Chapter 23 <span id="more-5767"></span></p>
<p><strong>Teachings of Queen Kunti</strong><br />
By His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Chapter 23</p>
<p><strong>Natural Prosperity</strong></p>
<p>ime jana-padāḥ svṛddhāḥ<br />
supakvauṣadhi-vīrudhaḥ<br />
vanādri-nady-udanvanto<br />
hy edhante tava vīkṣitaiḥ</p>
<p><strong>All these cities and villages are flourishing in all respects because the herbs and grains are in abundance, the trees are full of fruits, the rivers are flowing, the hills are full of minerals, and the oceans full of wealth. And this is all due to Your glancing over them.</strong><br />
(Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 1.8.40)</p>
<p>Human prosperity flourishes by natural gifts and not by gigantic industrial enterprises. The gigantic industrial enterprises are products of a godless civilization, and they cause the destruction of the noble aims of human life. The more we go on increasing such troublesome industries to squeeze out the vital energy of the human being, the more there will be unrest and dissatisfaction of the people in general, although a few only can live lavishly by exploitation. The natural gifts such as grains and vegetables, fruits, rivers, the hills of jewels and minerals, and the seas full of pearls are supplied by the order of the Supreme, and as He desires, material nature produces them in abundance or restricts them at times. The natural law is that the human being may take advantage of these godly gifts by nature and satisfactorily flourish on them without being captivated by the exploitative motive of lording it over material nature. The more we attempt to exploit material nature according to our whims of enjoyment, the more we shall become entrapped by the reaction of such exploitative attempts. If we have sufficient grains, fruits, vegetables, and herbs, then what is the necessity of running a slaughterhouse and killing poor animals? A man need not kill an animal if he has sufficient grains and vegetables to eat. The flow of river waters fertilizes the fields, and there is more than what we need. Minerals are produced in the hills, and the jewels in the ocean. If the human civilization has sufficient grains, minerals, jewels, water, milk, etc., then why should we hanker after terrible industrial enterprises at the cost of the labor of some unfortunate men? But all these natural gifts are dependent on the mercy of the Lord. What we need, therefore, is to be obedient to the laws of the Lord and achieve the perfection of human life by devotional service. The indications by Kuntīdevī are just to the point. She desires that God’s mercy be bestowed upon them so that natural prosperity be maintained by His grace.</p>
<p>Kuntīdevī mentions that the grains are abundant, the trees full of fruits, the rivers flowing nicely, the hills full of minerals, and the oceans full of wealth, but she never mentions that industry and slaughterhouses are flourishing, for such things are nonsense that men have developed to create problems.</p>
<p>If we depend on God’s creation, there will be no scarcity, but simply ānanda, bliss. God’s creation provides sufficient grains and grass, and while we eat the grains and fruits, the animals like the cows will eat the grass. The bulls will help us produce grains, and they will take only a little, being satisfied with what we throw away. If we take fruit and throw away the skin, the animal will be satisfied with the skin. In this way, with Kṛṣṇa in the center, there can be full cooperation between the trees, animals, human beings, and all living entities. This is Vedic civilization, a civilization of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.</p>
<p>Kuntīdevī prays to the Lord, “This prosperity is due to Your glance.” When we sit in the temple of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa glances over us, and everything is nice. When sincere souls try to become Kṛṣṇa’s devotees, Kṛṣṇa very kindly comes before them in His full opulence and glances upon them, and they become happy and beautiful.</p>
<p>Similarly, the whole material creation is due to Kṛṣṇa’s glance (sa aikṣata). In the Vedas it is said that He glanced over matter, thus agitating it.<br />
A woman in touch with a man becomes agitated and becomes pregnant and then gives birth to children. The whole creation follows a similar process. Simply by Kṛṣṇa’s glance, matter becomes agitated and then becomes pregnant and gives birth to the living entities. It is simply by His glance that plants, trees, animals, and all other living beings come forth. How is this possible? None of us can say, “Simply by glancing over my wife, I can make her pregnant.” But although this is impossible for us, it is not impossible for Kṛṣṇa. The Brahma-saṁhitā (5.32) says, aṅgāni yasya sakalendriya-vṛttimanti: every part of Kṛṣṇa’s body has all the capabilities of the other parts. With our eyes we can only see, but Kṛṣṇa, merely by seeing, can make others pregnant. There is no need of sex, for simply by glancing, Kṛṣṇa can create pregnancy.</p>
<p>In Bhagavad-gītā (9.10) Lord Kṛṣṇa says, mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sa-carācaram: “By My supervision, material nature gives birth to all moving and nonmoving beings.” The word akṣa means “eyes,” so akṣeṇa indicates that all living entities take birth because of the Lord’s glance. There are two kinds of living entities—the moving beings, like insects, animals, and human beings, and the nonmoving beings, like trees and plants. In Sanskrit these two kinds of living entities are called sthāvara jaṅgama, and they both come forth from material nature.</p>
<p>Of course, what comes from material nature is not the life, but the body. The living entities accept particular types of bodies from material nature, just as a child takes its body from its mother. For ten months the child’s body develops from the blood and nutrients of the mother’s body, but the child is a living entity, not matter. It is the living entity that has taken shelter in the womb of the mother, who then supplies the ingredients for that living entity’s body. This is nature’s way. The mother may not know how from her body another body has been created, but when the body of the child is fit, the child takes birth.</p>
<p>It is not that the living entity takes birth. As stated in Bhagavad-gītā (2.20), na jāyate mriyate vā: the living entity neither takes birth nor dies. That which does not take birth does not die; death is meant for that which has been created, and that which is not created has no death. The Gītā says, na jāyate mriyate vā kadācit. The word kadācit means “at any time.” At no time does the living entity actually take birth. Although we may see that a child is born, actually it is not born. Nityaḥ śāśvato ’yaṁ purāṇaḥ. The living entity is eternal (śāśvata), always existing, and very, very old (Purāṇa). Na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre: [Bg. 2.20] don’t think that when the body is destroyed the living entity will be destroyed; no, the living entity will continue to exist.</p>
<p>A scientist friend was asking me, “What is the proof of eternity?” Kṛṣṇa says, na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre: [Bg. 2.20] The soul is not killed when the body is killed.” This statement in itself is proof. This type of proof is called śruti, the proof established by that which is heard through the disciplic succession from the Supreme. One form of proof is proof by logic (nyāya-prasthāna). One can get knowledge by logic, arguments, and philosophical research. But another form of proof is śruti, proof established by hearing from authorities. A third form of proof is smṛti, proof established by statements derived from the śruti. The Bhagavad-gītā and the Purāṇas are smṛti, the Upaniṣads are śruti, and the Vedānta is nyāya. Of these three the śruti-prasthāna, or the evidence from the śruti, is especially important.</p>
<p>Pratyakṣa, the process of receiving knowledge through direct perception, has no value, because our senses are all imperfect. For example, every day we see the sun to be just like a small disc, perhaps twelve inches in diameter, but in fact it is a hundred times larger than the earth. So what is the value of our direct perception through our eyes? We have so many senses through which we can experience knowledge—the eyes, the ears, the nose, and so on—but because these senses are imperfect, whatever knowledge we get by exercising these senses is also imperfect. Because scientists try to understand things by exercising their imperfect senses, their conclusions are always imperfect. Svarūpa Dāmodara, a scientist among our disciples, inquired from a fellow scientist who says that life comes from matter, “If I give you the chemicals with which to produce life, will you be able to produce it?” The scientist replied, “That I do not know.” This is imperfect knowledge. If you do not know, then your knowledge is imperfect. Why then have you become a teacher? That is cheating. Our contention is that to become perfect one must take lessons from the perfect.</p>
<p>Kṛṣṇa is perfect, so we take knowledge from Him. Kṛṣṇa says, na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre: [Bg. 2.20] “The soul does not die when the body dies.” Therefore this understanding that the soul is eternal is perfect.</p>
<p>Kuntīdevī says, ime jana-padāḥ svṛddhāḥ supakvauṣadhi-vīrudhaḥ: “The grains are abundant, the trees full of fruits, the rivers flowing, the hills full of minerals, and the ocean full of wealth.” What more should one want? The oyster produces pearls, and formerly people decorated their bodies with pearls, valuable stones, silk, gold, and silver. But where are those things now? Now, with the advancement of civilization, there are so many beautiful girls who have no ornaments of gold, pearls, or jewels, but only plastic bangles. So what is the use of industry and slaughterhouses?</p>
<p>By God’s arrangement one can have enough food grains, enough milk, enough fruits and vegetables, and nice clear river water. But now I have seen, while traveling in Europe, that all the rivers there have become nasty. In Germany, in France, and also in Russia and America I have seen that the rivers are nasty. By nature’s way the water in the ocean is kept clear like crystal, and the same water is transferred to the rivers, but without salt, so that one may take nice water from the river. This is nature’s way, and nature’s way means Kṛṣṇa’s way. So what is the use of constructing huge waterworks to supply water?</p>
<p>Nature has already given us everything. If we want wealth we may collect pearls and become rich; there is no need to become rich by starting some huge factory to produce auto bodies. By such industrial enterprises we have simply created troubles. Otherwise, we need only depend on Kṛṣṇa and Kṛṣṇa’s mercy, because by Kṛṣṇa’s glance (tava vīkṣitaiḥ), everything is set right. So if we simply plead for Kṛṣṇa’s glance, there will be no question of scarcity or need. Everything will be complete. The idea of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, therefore, is to depend on nature’s gifts and the grace of Kṛṣṇa.</p>
<p>People say that the population is increasing, and therefore they are checking this by artificial means. Why? The birds and bees are increasing their populations and have no contraceptives, but are they in need of food? Do we ever see birds or animals dying for want of food? Perhaps in the city, although not very often. But if we go to the jungle we shall see that all the elephants, lions, tigers, and other animals are very stout and strong. Who is supplying them food? Some of them are vegetarians, and some of them are nonvegetarians, but none of them are in want of food.</p>
<p>Of course, by nature’s way the tiger, being a nonvegetarian, does not get food every day. After all, who will face a tiger to become its food? Who will say to the tiger, “Sir, I am a philanthropist and have come to you to give you food, so take my body”? No one. Therefore the tiger has difficulty finding food. And as soon as the tiger is out, there is an animal that follows it and makes a sound like “fayo, fayo,” so that the other animals will know, “Now the tiger is out.” So by nature’s way the tiger has difficulty, but still Kṛṣṇa supplies it food. After about a week, the tiger will get the chance to catch an animal, and because it does not get fresh food daily, it will keep the carcass in some bush and eat a little at a time. Since the tiger is very powerful, people want to become like a lion or a tiger, but that is not a very good proposition, because if one actually becomes like a tiger one won’t get food daily, but will have to search for food with great labor. If one becomes a vegetarian, however, one will get food every day. The food for a vegetarian is available everywhere.</p>
<p>Now in every city there are slaughterhouses, but does this mean that the slaughterhouses can supply enough so that one can live by eating only meat? No, there will not be an adequate supply. Even meat-eaters have to eat grains, fruits, and vegetables along with their slice of meat. Still, for that daily slice of meat they kill so many poor animals. How sinful this is. If people commit such sinful activities, how can they be happy? This killing should not be done, and therefore people are unhappy. But if one becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious and simply depends on Kṛṣṇa’s glance (tava vīkṣitaiḥ), Kṛṣṇa will supply everything, and there will be no question of scarcity.</p>
<p>Sometimes there appears to be scarcity, and sometimes we find that grains and fruits are produced in such a huge quantity that people cannot finish eating them. So this is a question of Kṛṣṇa’s glance. If Kṛṣṇa likes, He can produce a huge quantity of grains, fruits, and vegetables, but if Kṛṣṇa desires to restrict the supply, what good will meat do? You may eat me, or I may eat you, but that will not solve the problem.</p>
<p>For real peace and tranquillity and a sufficient supply of milk, water, and everything else we need, we simply have to depend on Kṛṣṇa. This is what Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura teaches us when he says, mārabi rākhabi—yo icchā tohārā: “My dear Lord, I simply surrender unto You and depend on You. Now if You like You may kill me, or else You may give me protection.” And Kṛṣṇa says in reply, “Yes. Sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja: [Bg. 18.66] simply surrender exclusively unto Me.” He does not say, “Yes, depend on Me, and also depend on your slaughterhouses and factories.” No. He says, “Depend only on Me. Ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi: I will rescue you from the results of your sinful activities.”</p>
<p>Because we have lived so many years without being Kṛṣṇa conscious, we have lived only a sinful life, but Kṛṣṇa assures us that as soon as one surrenders to Him He immediately squares all accounts and puts an end to all one’s sinful activities so that one may begin a new life. When we initiate disciples we therefore tell them, “Now the account is squared. Now don’t commit sinful activities any more.”</p>
<p>One should not think that because the holy name of Kṛṣṇa can nullify sinful activities, one may commit a little sinful activity and chant Hare Kṛṣṇa to nullify it. That is the greatest offense (nāmno balād yasya hi pāpa-buddhiḥ). The members of some religious orders go to church and confess their sins, but then they again commit the same sinful activities. What then is the value of their confession? One may confess, “My Lord, out of my ignorance I committed this sin,” but one should not plan, “I shall commit sinful activities and then go to church and confess them, and then the sins will be nullified, and I can begin a new chapter of sinful life.” Similarly, one should not knowingly take advantage of the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra to nullify sinful activities so that one may then begin sinful acts again. We should be very careful. Before taking initiation, one promises to have no illicit sex, no intoxicants, no gambling, and no meat-eating, and this vow one should strictly follow. Then one will be clean. If one keeps oneself clean in this way and always engages in devotional service, his life will be a success, and there will be no scarcity of anything he wants.</p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5767/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5767/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5767&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/10/natural-prosperity/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/origanic-food.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Origanic Food</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Arunodaya Kirtana</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/09/arunodaya-kirtana/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/09/arunodaya-kirtana/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2013 12:38:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Arunodaya Kirtan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bhaktivinoda Thakura]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Chanting Hare Krishna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gauranga's golden features]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hari]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[karatalas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lord Caitanya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lord Gaurasundara]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mrdangas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mukunda Madhava]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[puraba bhage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tathai tathai]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[udilo aruna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Yadava]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5764</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When the rising sun appeared in the East, the jewel of the twice-born, Lord Gaurasundara, awakened, and, taking His devotees with Him, He went all over the countryside towns and villages. The mṛdangas (khol) resounded &#8220;tāthaī, tāthaī,&#8221; and the jhājas [large metal karatālas that look like small cymbals] in that kīrtana played in time. Lord [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5764&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/pancha-tattva.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/pancha-tattva.jpg?w=535" alt="Lord Gaurasundara"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5765" /></a></p>
<p><em><strong>When the rising sun appeared in the East, the jewel of the twice-born, Lord Gaurasundara, awakened, and, taking His devotees with Him, He went all over the countryside towns and villages. The mṛdangas (khol) resounded &#8220;tāthaī, tāthaī,&#8221; and the jhājas [large metal karatālas that look like small cymbals] in that kīrtana played in time. Lord Gaurāńga&#8217;s golden form slightly trembled in ecstatic love of Godhead, and His footbells jingled.  All the devotees chanted the names Mukunda, Mādhava, Yadava and Hari, their mouths being filled with the vibrations. They would announce to the still sleeping people, &#8220;You spend your nights uselessly sleeping and your days decorating your bodies!  You have achieved such a rare human body, but you do not care for this gift. You remain not serving the darling of Yaśodā and slowly fall through your last moments to death.  With every rising and setting of the sun, a day passes and is lost. Then, why do you remain idle and not serve the Lord of the heart?  This temporary life is full of various miseries. Take shelter of the holy name as your only business.  To penetrate the darkness of ignorance and bless everyone&#8217;s heart, the holy name has risen like the shining sun. Drink the pure nectar of the holy name.  There is nothing but the name to be had in the fourteen worlds. It has filled the soul of Srī Bhaktivinoda Thākura.</strong></em></p>
<p>Full Song with Bengali translation and word for word transliteration.  <span id="more-5764"></span></p>
<p><strong>Arunodaya Kirtana</strong> </p>
<p>by Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura</p>
<p>(1)<br />
<strong>udilo aruṇa pūraba-bhāge,<br />
dwija-maṇi gorā amani jāge,<br />
bhakata-samūha loiyā sāthe,<br />
gelā nagara-brāje</strong></p>
<p>udilo–the rising; aruṇa–redness; pūraba-bhāge–the eastern horizon; dvija-maṇi–the jewel of the twice-born brāhmaṇas; gorā–Lord Gaura; amani jāge–immediately awakens; bhakata-samūha–all the devotees; loiyā sāthe–taking them along; gelā–journeyed; nagara-brāje–wandering throughout the towns and villages.</p>
<p><strong>When the rising sun appeared in the East, the jewel of the twice-born, Lord Gaurasundara, awakened, and, taking His devotees with Him, He went all over the countryside towns and villages.</strong></p>
<p>(2)<br />
<strong>&#8216;tāthaī tāthaī bājalo khol,<br />
ghana ghana tāhe jhājera rol,<br />
preme ḍhala ḍhala soṇāra ańga,<br />
caraṇe nūpura bāje</strong></p>
<p>‘tāthaī tāthaī&#8217;–making the sound tāthaī tāthaī bājalo khol–the mṛdańga drums resounded; ghana ghana–played in time; tāhe–in that kīrtana; jhāńjera–of the large metal cymbals; rol–the tumult; preme–in ecstatic love; ḍhala ḍhala–slightly trembled; soṇāra ańga–the golden form of Lord Gaurāńga; caraṇe–upon His feet; nūpura bāje–the anklebells jingled. </p>
<p><strong>The mṛdangas (khol) resounded &#8220;tāthaī, tāthaī,&#8221; and the jhājas [large metal karatālas that look like small cymbals] in that kīrtana played in time. Lord Gaurāńga&#8217;s golden form slightly trembled in ecstatic love of Godhead, and His footbells jingled.</strong></p>
<p>(3)<br />
<strong>mukunda mādhava yādava hari,<br />
bolena bolo re vadana bhori&#8217;,<br />
miche nida-baśe gelo re rāti,<br />
divasa śarīra-sāje</strong></p>
<p>mukunda mādhava yādava hari– with the holy names, “Mukunda!” “Mādhava!” “Yādava!” and “Hari!”; bolena–chanting; bolo re–oh sing!; vadana bhori&#8217; –filling your mouths;  miche–uselessly; nida-vaśe–under the control of sleep; gelo–have spent; re–O!; rāti–the nights; divasa–the days; śarīra-sāje–in decorating your bodies.</p>
<p><strong>All the devotees chanted the names Mukunda, Mādhava, Yadava and Hari, their mouths being filled with the vibrations. They would announce to the still sleeping people, &#8220;You spend your nights uselessly sleeping and your days decorating your bodies!</strong></p>
<p>(4)<br />
<strong>emana durlabha mānava-deho,<br />
pāiyā ki koro bhāva nā keho,<br />
ebe nā bhajile yaśodā-suta,<br />
carame poribe lāje</strong></p>
<p>emana–this; durlabha–rare; mānava-deho–human body; pāiyā–having achieved; ki koro–what are you doing?; bhava nā keho–you have not thought about it at all; ebe– now; nā bhajile–you do not worship; yaśodā-suta–the darling of mother Yaśodā; carame–ultimately; poḍibe–you will fall (die); lāje–in shame.</p>
<p><strong>You have achieved such a rare human body, but you do not care for this gift. You remain not serving the darling of Yaśodā and slowly fall through your last moments to death.</strong></p>
<p>(5)<br />
<strong>udita tapana hoile asta,<br />
dina gelo boli&#8217; hoibe byasta,<br />
tabe keno ebe alasa hoy,<br />
nā bhaja hṛdoya-rāje</strong></p>
<p>udita–arisen; tapana–the sun; hoile asta–having set; dina gelo–the day passes; boli&#8217; –saying; hoibe byasta–will be lost; tabe keno–then why; ebe–now; alasa hoy–you remain idle; nā bhaja–you do not worship; hṛdoya-rāje–the Lord of the heart. </p>
<p><strong>With every rising and setting of the sun, a day passes and is lost. Then, why do you remain idle and not serve the Lord of the heart?</strong></p>
<p>(6)<br />
<strong>jīvana anitya jānaha sār,<br />
tāhe nānā-vidha vipada-bhār,<br />
nāmāśraya kori&#8217; jatane tumi,<br />
thākaha āpana kāje</strong></p>
<p>jīvana–life; anitya–is temporary; jānaha sār–please understand this essential fact; tāhe–in that; nānāvidha–various kinds; vipada-bhār–filled with miseries; nāmāśraya kori&#8217; – taking shelter of the holy name; jatane–carefully; tumi–you; thākaha– remain always engaged; āpana kāje–in His service as your own eternal occupation.</p>
<p><strong>This temporary life is full of various miseries. Take shelter of the holy name as your only business.</strong></p>
<p>(7)<br />
<strong>jīvera kalyāna-sādhana-kām,<br />
jagate āsi&#8217; e madhura nām,<br />
avidyā-timira-tapana-rūpe,<br />
hṛd-gagane birāje</strong></p>
<p>jīvera–of all living entities; kalyāṇa-sādhana-kām–desiring to bless; jagate asi&#8217; –in the material universe; e–this; madhura nām–sweet name of Kṛṣṇa; avidyā-timira–the darkness of ignorance; tapana-rūpe–like the sun; hṛd-gagane–in the sky of the heart; virāje–shines.</p>
<p><strong>To penetrate the darkness of ignorance and bless everyone&#8217;s heart, the holy name has risen like the shining sun.</strong></p>
<p> (8)<br />
<strong>kṛṣṇa-nāma-sudhā koriyā pān,<br />
jurāo bhakativinoda-prāṇ,<br />
nāma binā kichu nāhiko āro,<br />
caudda-bhuvana-mājhe</strong></p>
<p>kṛṣṇa-nāma-sudhā–the pure nectar of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; koriyā pān–drinking; juḍāo–thus satisfy; bhakativinoda-prāṇ–the soul of Thākura Bhaktivinoda; nāma vinā–except for the holy name; kichu nāhiko āra–there is nothing else; caudda-bhuvana-mājhe–within the fourteen worlds</p>
<p><strong>Drink the pure nectar of the holy name. There is nothing but the name to be had in the fourteen worlds. It has filled the soul of Srī Bhaktivinoda Thākura.</strong></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5764/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5764/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5764&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/09/arunodaya-kirtana/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/pancha-tattva.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Lord Gaurasundara</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Prabhupadanugas</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/07/prabhupadanugas/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/07/prabhupadanugas/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2013 12:03:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Diksha]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Disciplic succession]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guru & Disciple]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Prabhupadanugas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remembering Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satsvarupa das Goswami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spiritual Master]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Hare Krishna Movement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bhakti Caru Swami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[buddha]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Buddhists]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Christ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Christians]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devotees]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Founder Acarya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Iskcon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prabhupadanuga]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prabhupadanugas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satsvarupa Dasa Goswami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[spiritual master]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada Lilamrta]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Final Lesson]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5759</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[click on image to enlarge Perhaps it was Krsna who directed me to the last chapter of Śrīla Prabhupāda-līlāmṛta, by Satsvarūpa dāsa Goswāmī. The famous book chronicling The life of our Founder-Acarya His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. In this last chapter entitled, &#8220;The Final Lesson&#8221;, last sentence of this voluminious book, Satsvarūpa [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5759&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/scan74a.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/scan74a.jpg?w=535&#038;h=401" alt="Scan74a" width="535" height="401" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5762" /></a></p>
<p><em>click on image to enlarge</em></p>
<p>Perhaps it was Krsna who directed me to the last chapter of Śrīla Prabhupāda-līlāmṛta, by Satsvarūpa dāsa Goswāmī.  The famous book chronicling The life of our Founder-Acarya His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. In this last chapter entitled, &#8220;The Final Lesson&#8221;, last sentence of this voluminious book, Satsvarūpa dāsa Goswāmī concludes with this statement:</p>
<p>     <strong>&#8220;Our hope is that by hearing about Śrīla Prabhupāda the reader will become himself a Prabhupādānuga, a follower of Śrīla Prabhupāda. We can wish no better fortune upon anyone.&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Update:<br />
this came as a comment&#8230;</p>
<p><em><strong>This is probably the best thing Satsvarupa Maharaja ever wrote. </p>
<p>When a devotee decides to join the Hare Krishna movement as a full-time member, they are announcing to the world their acceptance of Srila Prabhupada as the empowered representative of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. By mature realization they will come to recognize Srila Prabhupada as their eternal spiritual master. These lifetime servants of the spiritual master are called Prabhupadanugas.</p>
<p>Those who mould their lives in such a way that they can always think of the lotus feet of the spiritual master will live with him eternally. Because of Srila Prabhupada’s transcendental position, there is no separation in time or space between us. He is present in our lives and is guiding us back to Godhead through his written and spoken word. By his unlimited blessings we continue to move forward in Krishna consciousness and surely we will one day reach the ultimate goal of love of Godhead. The more we advance toward that goal, the more we will understand the greatness of Srila Prabhupada’s compassion upon us and his concern for the conditioned souls of this world who are all part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, Sri Krishna.</strong> </em>(Locanananda das)</p>
<p>Sometimes the ISKCON devotees refer to Prabhupadanugas as some splinter group, not belonging to the mainstream devotees. But in fact we can plainly see from some of the writing of the senior members of our society that <strong>becoming a follower of Śrīla Prabhupāda is exactly what is needed</strong>.  For instance in Bhakti Curu Swami&#8217;s, Disappearance Day offering to Srila Prabhupada, given June 16, 2010, he states:</p>
<p><strong>&#8230;everyday, in all the temples of ISKCON, Srila Prabhupada is worshipped by everyone. Then why do we hesitate to tell a new comer who is searching for a guru that Srila Prabhupada, the best guru the world has ever seen, is still here, and one can surrender unto him and go back to Godhead very easily? When we have such a great good fortune, why do we not take full advantage of it? It is only when we do so that the glorious days of ISKCON will come back again and we will witness Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu’s sankirtan movement starting to spread in leaps and bounds all over the world.</p>
<p>If we really love ISKCON and if we sincerely want the Krsna Consciousness movement to spread all over the world in every town and village, then let us broadcast all over the world that Srila Prabhupada is still with us and that anyone who wants to receive his mercy can approach him and establish his eternal relationship with him.</strong></p>
<p>Full Chapter of the &#8220;The Final Lesson&#8221;  <span id="more-5759"></span></p>
<p><strong>Śrīla Prabhupāda-līlāmṛta</strong><br />
by Satsvarūpa dāsa Goswāmī</p>
<p><strong>The Final Lesson</strong><br />
Chapter 55</p>
<p>Despite his promise to live, Śrīla Prabhupāda said his life was still in Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s hands-everything was. His free choice did not mean he was absolutely independent. Rather, the pure devotee&#8217;s attitude is to freely surrender to Kṛṣṇa, whatever happens. In the mood of the gopīs, the foremost devotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu prayed, &#8220;You may handle me roughly in Your embrace or make me brokenhearted by not being present before me, but You are always my worshipable Lord, unconditionally.&#8221;</p>
<p>Because the exchanges between the Lord and His pure devotees are always supremely personal, both the Lord and His devotees express desires and individual will. In His childhood līlā, Kṛṣṇa sometimes breaks mother Yaśoda&#8217;s butter pot, and sometimes He allows her to catch Him and bind Him. In any case, the will of the Lord and the will of the devotee are always one in interest, but they are sometimes expressed in the form of a loving conflict. Similarly, although Śrīla Prabhupāda had promised his devotees that he would stay in the world and defy death, he still remained surrendered to the will of Kṛṣṇa.</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda had already expressed his surrender in the prayer he had given his disciples to offer on his behalf: &#8220;My dear Lord Kṛṣṇa, if You desire, please cure Śrīla Prabhupāda.&#8221; By the phrase &#8220;if You desire,&#8221; he was reminding his followers of the supreme prerogative of Kṛṣṇa and was asking them to abide by it, although he was also giving them an acceptable way to petition Kṛṣṇa. In a similar case in 1967, he had given his disciples another prayer: &#8220;My master has not finished his work.&#8221; He had said then that Kṛṣṇa had responded to this prayer, granting the wishes of the devotees. Śrīla Prabhupāda himself was responding to the devotees&#8217; prayers, and Kṛṣṇa had given him the choice. But as a surrendered soul, Śrīla Prabhupāda waited for further developments, ever sensitive to Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s desire. As Prabhupāda had said when invited by Kīrtanānanda to come to his palace in New Vrindaban, &#8220;Let us see which palace I am going to.&#8221;</p>
<p>As a loving tension can sometimes exist between the Supreme Lord and His pure devotee, so now a similar tension existed between Śrīla Prabhupāda and his followers. Prior to his disciples&#8217; desperate petition at his bedside, Śrīla Prabhupāda had seen his duty as instructing his disciples in how to die. Part of his mission was to set the perfect example in this most important lesson-how to pass life&#8217;s ultimate test. But now his disciples were asking him to postpone the lesson in dying and stay with them indefinitely in the preaching field. And Prabhupāda had agreed, showing that he had the ability to live if he chose. But sooner or later he would have to return to the lesson on how a person should face the end of life.</p>
<p>One special feature of Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s activities is his relating intimately to the human condition while at the same time remaining aloof and transcendental. As a pure devotee, he was not subjected to the law of karma, which awards reactions for pious and sinful deeds. He was not born by the force of karma, nor would he die by force of karma. As stated by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, &#8220;One whose body, mind, and words are fully engaged in devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa is a liberated soul, even while living in this world.&#8221; People often misunderstand the movements of a pure devotee within the material world, just as one, on seeing clouds blowing past the moon, may think the moon itself is moving. The śāstra, therefore, warns us never to see the guru as an ordinary man subject to karma.</p>
<p>But Śrīla Prabhupāda, while always transcendental to this world, showed the conditioned souls how they too could come to the stage of liberation by constantly thinking about Kṛṣṇa and serving Him, so that at the time of death they could return to Kṛṣṇa in the eternal, spiritual world. And Prabhupāda&#8217;s lessons were always practical and universal. Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s books, for example, were not mere theory but were practical and full of realized knowledge. And Prabhupāda practiced what he preached; his entire life was exemplary. He had been in family life, and even then he had vigorously preached, by starting his Back to Godhead magazine. In poverty and obscurity he had struggled to start a spiritual movement, and by the grace of Kṛṣṇa and his spiritual master, he had become successful. He had always shown by his humanlike attempts his willingness to bravely take on austerity and face danger. He had shown exemplary spiritual life for all to try and follow. He had gone alone, in old age, to a foreign country and had chanted Hare Kṛṣṇa in a park in New York City, attracting the young men and women of America. Therefore everyone should take his example and try to serve Kṛṣṇa, despite the immediate impediments. Śrīla Prabhupāda encountered obstacles, yet by his free will and the help of Kṛṣṇa, he surmounted them. This was his wonderful example. It is said that Lord Caitanya, five hundred years ago, made surrender to Kṛṣṇa more attainable than Lord Kṛṣṇa had five thousand years ago. And now, in the twentieth century, Śrīla Prabhupāda has made Kṛṣṇa consciousness possible for people all over the world.</p>
<p>As part of his instruction and example, Śrīla Prabhupāda knew he would have to show people just how to die. He had escaped death a number of times-by Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s grace, by the prayers of his disciples, and by his own pure and powerful will to propagate his movement. But from the signs given to him by Lord Kṛṣṇa in 1977, Śrīla Prabhupāda began decisively and conclusively ending his mission in the material world. And among his final duties was his giving complete guidelines on how to die. He was perfectly showing how to do that which everyone has to do, but which is most difficult to do successfully: die.</p>
<p>But a loving conflict was there. Prabhupāda loved his disciples. He also knew they were not yet fully mature. His movement already had great potency and stature in the world, and yet it had many enemies. He was inclined to always protect his devotees, his movement, and all living entities, even the animals. So when his most intimate and faithful disciples pleaded that they could not go on without him, he had turned from showing how to die, agreeing to stay with them and preach. But at what point would they ever be willing to let him go? At what point could he say that the world of māyā and the enemies of Kṛṣṇa were all gone? At what point would his disciples become fully mature?</p>
<p>In following his decision to stay, Śrīla Prabhupāda turned himself over to his disciples, allowing them to care for him completely. Those who took part recalled that never before had Śrīla Prabhupāda allowed such intimate dealings between himself and his disciples. The only thing comparable was in New York, in 1966, when he had been very intimate in dealing with the first persons to join him, persons who had known nothing of the etiquette of approaching a spiritual master. But those who were present now and who had also been present then said that these days were even more intimate.</p>
<p>At one point Kīrtanānanda firmly insisted that Śrīla Prabhupāda drink a full cup of juice, even when he said he had had enough. Kīrtanānanda felt awkward, insisting. &#8220;I am not like Mother Yaśodā that I can do this,&#8221; he said. &#8220;I keep remembering that you are my spiritual master.&#8221; But Śrīla Prabhupāda allowed himself to be ordered by Kīrtanānanda. Similarly, Bhavānanda, Tamāla Kṛṣṇa, Bhakti-cāru, Upendra, and other servants coaxed Śrīla Prabhupāda to follow certain diets and cared for his body constantly. The other devotees were reminded of the story of Īśvara Purī, who gave intimate bodily service to his spiritual master, Mādhavendra Purī, when Mādhavendra was in the last stages of his life and apparently invalid. According to the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, it was by this menial, bodily service that Īśvara Purī proved his love for his spiritual master and was allowed to become the spiritual master of Lord Caitanya.</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda had deferred the lessons in dying in favor of giving his disciples an unparalleled opportunity to serve him in pure and simple love. And he allowed this not only for a few, but for whoever came to Vṛndāvana. Many came, and all were allowed to enter Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s room, massage his body, and sit with him as long as they liked, day and night, chanting the holy name for his pleasure. Śrīla Prabhupāda also recommenced his translating, and this was done openly. Whereas previously he had always worked in solitude, he now encouraged all devotees to come as he lay in bed dictating his Bhaktivedanta purports. He was giving himself completely and declaring it also, telling the devotees present, &#8220;Never leave me,&#8221; and &#8220;I cannot live without your company.&#8221; They had asked him to stay, and he had agreed, consigning himself completely to their care.</p>
<p>Those who were blessed to have this service felt themselves passing over all barriers of reluctance to serve, as well as all barriers of material desire. By intimately serving Śrīla Prabhupāda, they felt the strength of complete surrender and sensed that this would sustain them always, even when Śrīla Prabhupāda eventually did depart from the world.</p>
<p>Prabhupāda also continued speaking, as he had in recent months, about being unafraid of death and being fixed in transcendental knowledge. When receiving a presentation of some of his books recently printed in Portuguese by Hṛdayānanda Goswami, Prabhupāda encouraged him and said, &#8220;This is life. The material world is just bones. The bones are not our real life. Our real concern is the living force. The bones may remain or go-it doesn&#8217;t matter. The real life is sustaining the bones. There is even a history that there was a ṛṣi who had only bones. So there is a science by which you can sustain life by only bones. Hiraṇyakaśipu did it.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;You are also doing it, Śrīla Prabhupāda,&#8221; Tamāla Kṛṣṇa said.</p>
<p>&#8220;So take care of the bones as long as possible,&#8221; said Prabhupāda, &#8220;but the real life is here, always remember that. The material world means we are simply all protecting bones and flesh together. But they have no knowledge of what they are.&#8221;</p>
<p>And when Ātreya Ṛṣi visited Śrīla Prabhupāda and asked that he visit Tehran, Prabhupāda said that he was ready to go, but &#8220;Now you have to take a bundle of bones.&#8221; These were, of course, the same themes that Prabhupāda had always taught, the same themes that were in his books. But the lessons were more poignant and striking when Prabhupāda applied them to his own situation.</p>
<p>More than one devotee compared Prabhupāda to Bhīṣmadeva, who gave important instructions in his last days. As Bhīṣma felt no pain and delivered learned and loving discourses even from his &#8220;bed of arrows,&#8221; and as Bhīṣma determined by his own will the time of his departure from the world, so Śrīla Prabhupāda spent his last days oblivious to his physical condition, defying death, and instructing his spiritually innocent sons. But Prabhupāda&#8217;s sons could no longer stand by and simply hear the philosophical lessons. Prabhupāda had accepted their affection when they had cried for him to stay with them, and now they wanted to express that affection in the only world they understood, a world with Śrīla Prabhupāda living and talking with them, laughing or reprimanding them, as he liked. They wanted him to eat and drink and become physically strong again.</p>
<p>But again Śrīla Prabhupāda seemed to change, and he began refusing food and drink. He had postponed his passing away to exchange lovingly with his disciples, and yet at the same time, by refusing to eat or drink, he was showing his preference for passing away. He admitted, when pressed, that it was an impossible course of action-to live without food or drink. Nor did he expect or want miracles. If he was to get better, it would be by taking nourishment. But for reasons of his own, he would not eat. He said recovery was material, and he didn&#8217;t want it.</p>
<p>He kept closely in tune with the will of Kṛṣṇa, allowing the holy name to sustain him. The doctors who came were often puzzled, but those who were Vaiṣṇavas understood and respected his prerogative. Prabhupāda&#8217;s servants made anxiety-filled attempts to induce Prabhupāda to take regular treatment. But Prabhupāda preferred to take only kīrtana and Bhāgavatam, while at the same time sustaining a willingness to live. He empathized with his disciples&#8217; anxiety and patiently explained the puzzling situation they were in. He wanted their care, and he allowed them to try and treat him, knowing that it was bringing them more and more into a surrender of love. But gradually it became more clear that Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s will was indicating Prabhupāda&#8217;s departure.</p>
<p>&#8220;Śrīla Prabhupāda,&#8221; Bhavānanda coaxed, always working on the assumption that Prabhupāda could stay if he wanted, &#8220;your presence on this planet is the only thing that&#8217;s keeping the onslaught of the Kali-yuga from really taking effect. We have no idea even what will happen if you leave.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;It is not in my hands,&#8221; said Śrīla Prabhupāda, with perfect clarity of consciousness. &#8220;Kṛṣṇa-Balarāma.&#8221;</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda always spoke clearly, logically, and with complete devotion to Kṛṣṇa. Up until the last he dealt with practical matters, forming a Bhaktivedanta Swami Charity Trust for reconstructing ancient temples in Bengal and arranging final details regarding ISKCON properties and monies. Through all dealings he stayed always alert, and he absorbed himself in kīrtana and Bhāgavatam.</p>
<p>But it became obvious to his disciples that, despite his promise, he was again moving inevitably towards giving the final lesson. He was teaching that love was beyond death, that a disciple&#8217;s love could call the spiritual master back to the world to stay, and that a pure devotee has the ability to stay in the world beyond his allotted time. Meanwhile, however, he was progressing steadily to the final point. The devotees didn&#8217;t feel angry with him or cheated that he was doing so. He had told them that he had free will given by Kṛṣṇa. And they also, by their free will, had asked him to stay, and he had agreed. But they knew he was not obliged. If, despite their prayers, Lord Kṛṣṇa was telling Śrīla Prabhupāda that he should come back home to Godhead, what could they do but accept? If Śrīla Prabhupāda was accepting, then they would accept also. Nothing, however, could change the fact of their surrendered love; it had now become a solid pact that could not be vanquished by any material changes. They had passed the test of eternal loving service, and that could not be taken away by death.</p>
<p>Up until the end there were interludes of sweetness as well as displays of Prabhupāda&#8217;s indomitable mood of fighting for Kṛṣṇa. One day Prabhupāda&#8217;s sister Piśīmā arrived unexpectedly, and Prabhupāda asked her to cook kicharī. At that time Kīrtanānanda was trying to put Prabhupāda on the road to recovery by gradually increasing his liquids, and Kīrtanānanda and the other devotees opposed the idea of his suddenly eating solid foods. But Śrīla Prabhupāda insisted.</p>
<p>&#8220;It doesn&#8217;t matter whether what she cooks does good to me or bad,&#8221; said Śrīla Prabhupāda. &#8220;She is a Vaiṣṇavī. It will be good for me.&#8221; He then began speaking in an extremely humble way. &#8220;Probably I became a little puffed up because of my opulence and success,&#8221; he said. &#8220;Now God has shattered that pride. If you don&#8217;t have your body, what is there to be puffed up about?&#8221;</p>
<p>Bhakti-cāru Swami protested, &#8220;Śrīla Prabhupāda, whatever you have done, you have done for Kṛṣṇa.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;That may be, but in this world, unknowingly you commit offenses.&#8221;</p>
<p>When Piśimā heard this, she exclaimed, &#8220;No, no, he never committed any offense.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;You cannot ever commit offenses,&#8221; said Bhakti-cāru. &#8220;You are God&#8217;s very dear one. How can you commit offenses?&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;I am a little temperamental,&#8221; said Śrīla Prabhupāda. &#8220;I used to use words like rascal and so on. I never compromised. They used to call it &#8220;A club in one hand and a Bhāgavatam in the other.&#8217; That is how I preach. Anyway, make arrangements for my sister.&#8221;</p>
<p>There were also visits from Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s Godbrothers, and again Prabhupāda asked forgiveness for his offenses. One time, Niṣkiñcana Kṛṣṇadāsa Bābājī, Purī Mahārāja, Āśrama Mahārāja, Ānanda Prabhu, Puruṣottama Brahmacārī, and about twenty others came and sat next to Prabhupāda&#8217;s bed. He was resting when they arrived, and they joined the kīrtana until he awoke. When he saw them, he asked to be raised up. Sitting in the center of his bed with his Godbrothers all around, he addressed them.</p>
<p>&#8220;All over the world there is a beautiful field to preach Kṛṣṇa consciousness,&#8221; he said. &#8220;I didn&#8217;t care whether I would be successful or not. People are willing to take. They are all taking also. If we preach together, the saying of Mahāprabhu, pṛthivīte, will come true. We have everything. Spread the holy name and distribute prasādam. There is a beautiful field. In Africa, in Russia, everywhere they&#8217;re accepting.&#8221;</p>
<p>When Prabhupāda began asking his Godbrothers to forgive him, they protested. &#8220;You are the eternal leader,&#8221; one of them asserted. &#8220;You rule over us, guide us, and chastise us.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Forgive all my offenses,&#8221; Prabhupāda repeated. &#8220;I became proud of all my opulence.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; said Purī Mahārāja, &#8220;you never became proud. When you started preaching, opulence and success followed you. That was the blessing of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Śrī Kṛṣṇa. There cannot be any question of your being offensive.&#8221;</p>
<p>When Śrīla Prabhupāda presented himself as mahā-patita, greatly fallen, Purī Mahārāja did not accept it. &#8220;You have saved millions of people around the world,&#8221; he said. &#8220;Therefore there is no question of offenses. But you should be called mahā-patita-pāvana [the great savior of the fallen].&#8221;</p>
<p>Prabhupāda&#8217;s disciples regarded Prabhupāda&#8217;s asking for his Godbrothers&#8217; forgiveness as a manifestation of his humility. But they were also puzzled. Certainly Prabhupāda&#8217;s Godbrothers were sincere in saying Prabhupāda had committed no offense. Whatever he had done, he had done for Kṛṣṇa. But Śrīla Prabhupāda was also sincere in asking for forgiveness. That was the beautiful gem of his humility-to ask everyone for forgiveness.</p>
<p>For the purpose of preaching, displaying this gem had not always been the most effective way to spread the merciful teachings of Lord Kṛṣṇa in every town and village. But now it could be displayed. In London and now in Vṛndāvana, Prabhupāda was showing his disciples extra affection and gratitude, without the reprimands usually necessary in training disciples. This attitude of complete humility was a symptom of the highest stage of devotional life. Śrīla Prabhupāda had explained in his books that the madhyamādhikārī, the second-class devotee, makes distinctions between the devotees, the innocent nondevotees, and the demons, whereas the mahā-bhāgavata, or first-class devotee, sees everyone-except himself-as a servant of God. Sometimes, however, the mahā-bhāgavata desires to come down from the first-class platform to the second-class platform, just to take up the most compassionate service of preaching Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Prabhupāda&#8217;s disciples had all read of the mahā-bhāgavata stage in the scriptures, and now they were seeing it fully displayed, as Prabhupāda referred to himself as the most fallen and asked for everyone&#8217;s forgiveness.</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda had heard of the program of his disciple Lokanātha Swami, who was taking a small group of men on a bullock cart and preaching in villages throughout India. Lokanātha had told Śrīla Prabhupāda how in the course of their travels they had recently visited tīrthas such as Badarikasrama and Bhim Kapur. Śrīla Prabhupāda was enlivened to hear this, and he then evolved a transcendental desire to go himself on a cart pulled by bullocks to circumambulate the area of Vṛndāvana. Tamāla Kṛṣṇa and Bhavānanda, who were serving Prabhupāda with increased intimacy, felt themselves unable to support Śrīla Prabhupāda in his desire, since they thought his fragile body could not survive such rough treatment on the roads.</p>
<p>But Śrīla Prabhupāda reasoned that &#8220;Dying on parikrama is glorious,&#8221; and he asked them to take him. A controversy developed among the devotees, as some said Prabhupāda&#8217;s will to go on parikrama should be immediately honored as an order from the spiritual master; he wanted it, and he should not be denied. The doctor, however, assured them that Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s body would not survive the jostling of the cart. The many devotees who crowded around Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s bed held different opinions, and Prabhupāda could see this. Following his request, however, Lokanātha went out and hired a cart with bullocks and prepared it for the ride. Lokanātha and Haṁsadūta suggested that the parikrama could go to the city of Vṛndāvana or visit the seven main temples of the Gosvāmīs. But then they said that since the next day was Govardhana-pūjā, Prabhupāda could go to Govardhana Hill. Tamāla Kṛṣṇa, Bhavānanda, and Bhakti-cāru, however, protested adamantly against the parikrama.</p>
<p>&#8220;One-day experiment,&#8221; Prabhupāda said. &#8220;It is for one day. Rest assured I will not die in one day.&#8221; He liked the idea of going to Govardhana. &#8220;And we shall make our cooking there,&#8221; he said. Lokanātha Swami, he assured them, was experienced. &#8220;Make very good picnic,&#8221; he said.</p>
<p>After discussing back and forth, the devotees finally decided that early the next morning they would take Śrīla Prabhupāda in a bullock cart to Govardhana. The majority of the devotees then left Śrīla Prabhupāda alone for the night.</p>
<p>Later that night Śrīla Prabhupāda received a visit from Niṣkiñcana Kṛṣṇadāsa Bābājī, who sat with Prabhupāda, chanting and sometimes speaking in Bengali. Suddenly, Tamāla Kṛṣṇa and Bhavānanda came to Prabhupāda&#8217;s bedside. They were in tears and beside themselves with anxiety.</p>
<p>Prabhupāda understood. &#8220;You request me not to go?&#8221; he asked.</p>
<p>&#8220;Well, Śrīla Prabhupāda,&#8221; said Tamāla Kṛṣṇa, &#8220;I&#8217;ll tell you, I&#8217;m getting so upset sitting in the room upstairs. I was walking around. Two of the devotees told me that this road is so bad that if you go on this road you&#8217;re going to be jolted back and forth. The road is terrible. I just can&#8217;t understand, Śrīla Prabhupāda, why it has to be tomorrow that we have to go. Of anybody that wants you to travel, I do. But why do we have to go when you&#8217;re in this condition? I can&#8217;t understand it. Why are we throwing everything out the window that we must go tomorrow? I can&#8217;t understand.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said Śrīla Prabhupāda softly, immediately agreeing to their proposal that he not go.</p>
<p>&#8220;Jaya, Śrīla Prabhupāda!&#8221; said Bhakti-cāru, who was also present.</p>
<p>&#8220;Thank you, Śrīla Prabhupāda,&#8221; said Bhavānanda with great relief.</p>
<p>&#8220;All right. You&#8217;re satisfied?&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Now I am, Śrīla Prabhupāda,&#8221; said Bhavānanda. &#8220;Yes. I was in too much anxiety.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Never mind. I shall not put you in anxiety.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Actually, Śrīla Prabhupāda,&#8221; said Tamāla Kṛṣṇa, &#8220;we&#8217;re so much attached to you that you practically drive us Tomadness sometimes. To night we were becoming mad.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;No, no, I shall not do that,&#8221; said Prabhupāda. &#8220;Bābājī Mahārāja,&#8221; Prabhupāda turned to Niṣkiñcana Kṛṣṇadāsa Bābājī and said, &#8220;-just see how much affection they have for me.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;Śrīla Prabhupāda,&#8221; said Tamāla Kṛṣṇa, &#8220;the way you deal with us simply deepens our attachment every moment.&#8221;</p>
<p>&#8220;It is my duty,&#8221; said Prabhupāda, and the devotees laughed warmly, understanding. Yes, they could understand-that was his duty. By all his actions and dealings, Prabhupāda&#8217;s intention was to capture spirit souls and deliver them to Kṛṣṇa. His method was loving service, but he did not do it for himself. He was delivering them to Kṛṣṇa. That was his duty.</p>
<p>On November 14, 1977, at 7:30 P.M., in his room at the Krishna-Balaram Mandir in Vṛndāvana, Śrīla Prabhupāda gave his final instruction by leaving this mortal world and going back to Godhead.</p>
<p>His departure was exemplary, because his whole life was exemplary. His departure marked the completion of a lifetime of pure devotional service to Kṛṣṇa. A few days before the end, Śrīla Prabhupāda had said he was instructing as far as he could, and his secretary had added, &#8220;You are the inspiration.&#8221; &#8220;Yes,&#8221; Śrīla Prabhupāda had replied, &#8220;that I shall do until the last breathing.&#8221;</p>
<p>Prabhupāda&#8217;s &#8220;last breathing&#8221; was glorious, not because of any last minute mystical demonstration, but because Śrīla Prabhupāda remained in perfect Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Like grandfather Bhīṣmadeva, he remained completely collected and noble and grave, teaching until the end. He was preaching that life comes from life, not from matter, and he was showing that one should preach with every breath he has. The many devotees who crowded the large room bore witness that up to the very end, Prabhupāda remained exactly the same. There was nothing suddenly in congruous with what he had previously shown and taught them. At the time of his departure, therefore, he was teaching how to die, by always depending on Kṛṣṇa. Prabhupāda&#8217;s passing away was peaceful. During the evening of November 14, the kavirāja asked him, &#8220;Is there anything you want?&#8221; and Prabhupāda replied faintly, kuch icchā nahīṁ: &#8220;I have no desire.&#8221; His passing away was in the perfect situation: in Vṛndāvana, with devotees. A few months previously, a young girl, the daughter of one of Prabhupāda&#8217;s disciples, had passed away in Vṛndāvana, and when Śrīla Prabhupāda had been asked if she went back to Godhead to personally associate with Kṛṣṇa, he had said, &#8220;Yes, anyone who leaves his body in Vṛndāvana is liberated.&#8221;</p>
<p>Of course, &#8220;Vṛndāvana&#8221; also means the state of pure Kṛṣṇa consciousness. As Advaita Ācārya had said of Lord Caitanya, &#8220;Wherever You are is Vṛndāvana.&#8221; And this was also true of Śrīla Prabhupāda. Had Śrīla Prabhupāda passed away in London, New York, or Moscow, therefore, his destination would have been the same. As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā, &#8220;One who is always thinking of Me, surely he attains to Me.&#8221; But because Vṛndāvana-dhāma is the quintessential realm of Kṛṣṇa consciousness within the universe, the ideal place for departure from this world, so it was yet another exemplary feature of Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s life that he went back to Godhead with Vṛndāvana as his last junction.</p>
<p>Those Vaiṣṇavas who had taken the vow never to risk leaving Vṛndāvana could see that Śrīla Prabhupāda, after sacrificing everything-including the benefit of residing in Vṛndāvana-to deliver fallen souls in the most godforsaken locations of the world, had returned to the holy land of Vṛndāvana and from there had departed for the original abode of Lord Kṛṣṇa in the spiritual sky. As stated in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, &#8220;Anyone who executes service in Vṛndāvana certainly goes back to home, back to Godhead, after giving up his body.&#8221;</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s departure was also perfect because he was chanting and hearing the holy names of God. Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead was present at Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s passing just as He was at the celebrated passing away of Bhīṣmadeva, who said, &#8220;Despite His being equally kind to everyone, He has graciously come before me while I am ending my life, for I am His unflinching servitor.&#8221; As Lord Kṛṣṇa came before Bhīṣmadeva, assuring him and everyone else that Bhīṣma was returning back to Godhead on leaving his body, so the Lord in His incarnation of namāvatāra, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, was present for Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s departure.</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s life had been dedicated to spreading the holy name to every town and village, and for a month he had been surrounding himself with the holy name. For his passing away, he especially wanted to fill the room with devotees chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, and Kṛṣṇa fulfilled that wish. Śrīla Prabhupāda, therefore, departed under the most favorable circumstances possible-in the most sacred place, Vṛndāvana, surrounded by Vaiṣṇavas chanting the holy name.</p>
<p>An ideal spiritual teacher (ācārya) always acts in such a way that others may follow his example. As Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam states, these great souls who cross over the ocean of birth and death by taking shelter of the &#8220;boat&#8221; of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa miraculously leave the boat on this side for others to use. And Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s disappearance, by its perfect example, affords all conditioned souls the means for meeting the greatest of all dangers. An auspicious death is not merely a matter of psychological adjustment, so that one may die without regret or without becoming unduly upset. The real point is that at the time of death the soul must leave the body and take his next birth. Only the Kṛṣṇa conscious soul can leave this world of birth and death and attain an eternal, blissful life in the spiritual world. Therefore one&#8217;s life is tested at death.</p>
<p>Death means the soul cannot stand to live in the body anymore. Whatever the material cause may be, the situation has become unbearable for the soul. And leaving the body causes great distress. The śāstras, therefore, advise us to get free from the cycle of repeated birth and death. Meeting an inauspicious death and being dragged down to a lower birth is the most fearful thing for the living being. So fearful is it that we may try to ignore death altogether. Death is painful because the eternal spirit soul is placed in a most unnatural situation: although he is eternal and should not have to die, he is forced to die because of his connection with the material body. At death, the eternal soul is forced to leave the body for a destination he knows not. Thus he is full of fear and suffering. The pain and fear are usually overwhelming, and one thinks only of material attachments or bodily pain. Therefore King Kulaśekhara prayed, and Prabhupāda often quoted, &#8220;Please let me pass away, not in some prolonged contemplation of my bodily death, but just while I&#8217;m chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa. If I can meditate on You and then pass from this body, that will be perfection.&#8221;</p>
<p>Over the last months of his life in this world, Śrīla Prabhupāda taught how it is possible to meet death step by step in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. In his last days, he told one of his sannyāsīs, &#8220;Don&#8217;t think this isn&#8217;t going to happen to you.&#8221; Prabhupāda came into this world, on Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s request, to teach us how to live a pure life of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and that includes how to finally pass away from this world to attain eternal life. Prabhupāda underwent death in a way that was perfect and glorious, and at the same time in a way which we can all follow. When we have to go, we can cling to the memory of how a great soul left his body-always thinking of Kṛṣṇa, surrounding himself with the medicine of chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, always desiring to hear about Kṛṣṇa, and practicing detachment from the misery of the material condition. This last lesson was one of the most wonderful and important instructions Śrīla Prabhupāda gave us. He taught by his life, by his books, and at the end by his dying. Education in how to die is meant especially for the human being. An animal dies, and a human being also dies; but a human being is supposed to understand the process of going back to the spiritual world at the time of death. Remaining always fixed and undisturbed in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, Śrīla Prabhupāda expertly taught the process. His passing away, therefore, was a perfect lesson, and one that can be faithfully followed.</p>
<p>* * *</p>
<p>While there was nothing lamentable for Śrīla Prabhupāda in his departing from the world and going back to Godhead, it was certainly lamentable for his followers and for the people of the whole world, who became bereft of the presence of their greatest well-wisher and benefactor. Śrīla Prabhupāda had written in a Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam purport, &#8220;When the mortal body of the spiritual master expires, the disciple should cry exactly like the queen cries when the king leaves his body.&#8221; At the departure of his own spiritual master, Śrīla Prabhupāda had written, &#8220;On that day, O my Master, I made a cry of grief; I was not able to tolerate the absence of you, my guru.&#8221; And so on November 14, 1977, as the powerful news spread around the world, those who knew and loved Śrīla Prabhupāda were gripped by a fearful, unrestricted grief. They saw everything around them in the overwhelming atmosphere of separation from Śrīla Prabhupāda. They turned for solace to Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s books.</p>
<p>However, the disciples and the spiritual master are never separated, because the spiritual master always keeps company with the disciple, as long as the disciple follows the instructions of the spiritual master. This is called the as sociation of vāṇī. Physical presence is called vapuḥ. As long as the spiritual master is physically present, the disciple should serve the physical body of the spiritual master, and when the spiritual master is no longer physically existing, the disciples should serve the instructions of the spiritual master.</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s disciples were already carrying out his instructions, but now they would have to do so without the vapuḥ, without the opportunity of regularly seeing and being with him. At first this was very difficult for them to face, but those who were sincere soon realized that Śrīla Prabhupāda had, upon his departure, given them the greatest gift of all: service in separation.</p>
<p>Service in separation is the highest realization and ecstasy. This was the teaching of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, in regard to Lord Kṛṣṇa and His foremost devotees, the gopīs of Vṛndāvana. When Kṛṣṇa left His beloved gopīs and went to Mathurā, never to return to them in Vṛndāvana, the gopīs (and all the other residents of Vṛndāvana) wept piteously in separation. They so much loved Kṛṣṇa that they could not live without Him, and to maintain their lives they began to constantly remember and discuss His name, fame, form, and entourage. By constantly remembering Him in love and by anticipating His return to Vṛndāvana, they achieved an ecstasy of union in separation, which Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava scholars declare to be superior even to the ecstasy the gopīs felt in Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s presence. Because Kṛṣṇa is absolute, even remembering Him or chanting His name puts the devotee into direct contact with Him. But because there is simultaneously a feeling of separation from Him, there is an added dimension of inconceivable, simultaneous union and separation. This is the epitome of Kṛṣṇa conscious realization.</p>
<p>Prabhupāda&#8217;s followers knew this principle of service in separation, technically known as vipralambha-sevā, but to most devotees it was a theoretical realization. Before one can feel intense loving separation from Kṛṣṇa, one must first feel intense attraction to Him. But for the conditioned soul who has forgotten and abandoned Kṛṣṇa and has come to the material world under the spell of māyā, illusion-for him, &#8220;separation&#8221; from Kṛṣṇa is based on complete ignorance and forgetfulness.</p>
<p>In coming to spiritual life, a neophyte first begins to awaken to the very existence of God, as he overcomes atheistic misconceptions. Next, he comes gradually, through practice, to take up a relationship of service to Kṛṣṇa, through serving the spiritual master. Intense love of Kṛṣṇa in separation is the most advanced stage and cannot possibly be realized in full by the neophyte. Thus service in separation had remained a theoretical teaching to many of Prabhupāda&#8217;s followers.</p>
<p>But when Śrīla Prabhupāda departed from the world and left his disciples to carry on his mission, they immediately realized union with him in separation. He was gone, but he was still very much present. This realization was not a pretension or a myth, nor was it sentimental psychic phenomena-telepathy, &#8220;communion with the dead,&#8221; or so on. It was a completely substantive, practical, palpable reality, a fact of life. Śrīla Prabhupāda had given them personal service, and now they would continue that service. Prabhupāda was still present through his instructions, and all the nectar of his direct association-all the nectar of Kṛṣṇa consciousness that he had given and shared with them-was still available.</p>
<p>Service in separation for Prabhupāda&#8217;s disciples was undoubtedly a fact, otherwise, now that they were without his personal presence, how were they able to sustain themselves in spiritual life? The fact that they could continue as before, increase their feelings of devotion, and even increase their serving capacity, meant that Śrīla Prabhupāda was very much still with them. As Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s last instruction was the lesson of how a human being should die, he now taught, beyond dying, how to practically implement the highest philosophical teachings of Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇavism.</p>
<p>This realization gave the devotees great hope that Śrīla Prabhupāda and the revolutionary life of Kṛṣṇa consciousness he had brought with him were not finished upon his departure. Often when a great personality dies, his contribution collapses; but Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s presence remained and expanded, sustaining his devotees&#8217; lives. He was still in charge.</p>
<p>EPILOGUE</p>
<p>In describing how the followers of His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda continue to relish the nectar of serving him in separation, we are not speaking of only a small band of several thousand devotees whom he initiated during his lifetime. Śrīla Prabhupāda was not only an ācārya, but he was the founder-ācārya of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, which is a dynamic spiritual reality. That reality is nothing less than the yuga-dharma, or the form of spiritual life recommended for all humanity in the present age of Kali, the most dangerous of ages, in which humanity eventually abandons all religious principles.</p>
<p>The ultimate goal of human life was taught by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā, when He declared, &#8220;Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reaction. Do not fear.&#8221; Kṛṣṇa taught this five thousand years ago, when He appeared in the world, but people have misinterpreted and misunderstood what Kṛṣṇa meant. Lord Caitanya advented, therefore, to revive the original message of surrender to Kṛṣṇa, primarily by introducing the saṅkīrtana movement of chanting the holy names of God.</p>
<p>Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, a great devotee of Lord Caitanya appearing in the nineteenth century, foresaw that Lord Caitanya&#8217;s saṅkīrtana principles could and would be introduced all over the world. He had studied deeply many other religions and philosophies, but he felt that Lord Caitanya&#8217;s saṅkīrtana was universal, the essence of religious life able to unite all people and bring them to perfection. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura&#8217;s son was Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī, who became the spiritual master of Śrīla Prabhupāda and who ordered Śrīla Prabhupāda to implement the vision of worldwide Kṛṣṇa consciousness by going to preach in the West.</p>
<p>A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda is, therefore, to be appreciated not only as the guru of a few intimate servants or even the guru of a single generation of disciples. As the founder-ācārya of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, he introduced the standard of Kṛṣṇa consciousness as it can be practiced by all sincere followers for thousands of years to come.</p>
<p>The scriptures predict that although the present age is constantly becoming more inauspicious, unfortunate, and degraded, for a period of ten thousand years from the time of Lord Caitanya&#8217;s advent a golden age of Kṛṣṇa consciousness can appear, despite the force of Kali-yuga. Śrīla Prabhupāda, therefore, prepared his translations and Bhaktivedanta purports on the essential Vaiṣṇava scriptures-Bhagavad-gītā, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Caitanya-caritāmṛta, and Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu-with the plan that they would form the foundation of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement for ten thousand years.</p>
<p>We cannot limit Śrīla Prabhupāda, therefore, by describing him only within the drama of his being the guru for one generation of followers. Śrīla Prabhupāda is jagad-guru, the spiritual master of the entire world. He is a bona fide spiritual master, faithfully conveying the message of the disciplic succession from Lord Kṛṣṇa, as he received it in paramparā from his spiritual master. But more than that, he was empowered by Kṛṣṇa to do what no other spiritual master has ever done. He is the founder-ācārya for spreading Lord Caitanya&#8217;s saṅkīrtana worldwide in the midst of the age of Kali.</p>
<p>Anyone who wants shelter from the evil effects of the present godless age can have it by taking up devotional service under the guidance of Lord Caitanya&#8217;s teachings as given by Prabhupāda. The dynamic preaching and realizations of Śrīla Prabhupāda reveal the sublime teachings of Lord Caitanya, which otherwise have been neglected, misused, and kept within the confines of India. Śrīla Prabhupāda was actually able to understand Lord Caitanya&#8217;s prediction that Kṛṣṇa consciousness would spread to every town and village in the world.</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda had faith in these words and personally saw in his lifetime that pure Kṛṣṇa consciousness could be adopted by people of all races and cultures, even those considered by Vedic standards to be aborigines and outcasts. Through the applications of Śrīla Prabhupāda, therefore, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is now proven to be viable for anyone, anywhere in the world.</p>
<p>Anyone can serve Śrīla Prabhupāda in separation. He asked all his followers to avoid four sinful activities-meat-eating, intoxication, illicit sex, and gambling-and to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra a minimum of sixteen rounds daily on beads. He also advised that one regularly read Vedic literatures such as Bhagavad-gītā As It Is and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. And for keeping spiritual health and strength to follow the spiritual principles, he advised that one associate with like-minded devotees. Whoever follows these basic practices and recognizes Śrīla Prabhupāda as the direct representative of Kṛṣṇa is his follower. And the Vedic scriptures say that only by serving the representative of Kṛṣṇa can one become dear to Kṛṣṇa Himself.</p>
<p>The ways of serving Kṛṣṇa are unlimited, as Śrīla Prabhupāda expertly displayed. He invited scientists, artists, philosophers, and businessmen to serve Kṛṣṇa according to their occupations and capabilities. The artist, instead of painting pictures out of his imagination or making renderings of the material energy, can paint pictures depicting Kṛṣṇa in the spiritual world. The poet can describe Kṛṣṇa as the Absolute Truth; the philosopher can explain Kṛṣṇa as the cause of all causes; the scientist can prove that life comes from life; and the businessman can contribute money to the worthiest welfare activity of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. A person does not, therefore, have to abandon his family or retreat to a solitary cave to realize God. In any situation of life one can move from mundane to spiritual by adopting the practices of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is the broad and liberal way Śrīla Prabhupāda intended Kṛṣṇa consciousness to pervade society.</p>
<p>The International Society for Krishna Consciousness, Prabhupāda&#8217;s own society of devotees, is meant to help all persons interested in developing spiritual life under Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s guidance. ISKCON was Prabhupāda&#8217;s organization for establishing and proliferating temple worship, book printing and distribution, and communities where devotees could live and serve together in close association. Prabhupāda therefore entrusted all his properties, including the magnificent temples he had built in India, to ISKCON, for the protection and perpetuation of his work. And he instructed his disciples to show their love for him by always cooperating among themselves to expand further the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.</p>
<p>When a disciple expressed his appreciation of Prabhupāda&#8217;s magnificent quarters in Bombay, Prabhupāda replied, &#8220;I cannot take these with me. I am leaving them for you to use.&#8221;</p>
<p>The essential gifts of Kṛṣṇa consciousness which Prabhupāda brought are for everyone. Although most people do not know it, they are actually hankering for the happiness of genuine spiritual life. Prabhupāda, out of compassion, wanted to distribute the gifts of Kṛṣṇa consciousness to all the hungry people in the world. These gifts-peace of mind, satisfaction, freedom from anxiety-can be obtained by anyone who takes wholeheartedly to devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This pure, happy state can be realized by receiving the ongoing, dynamic legacy which Prabhupāda left: his books, his devotees, his Kṛṣṇa consciousness society, and his method of expertly applying Kṛṣṇa consciousness to every situation in the modern context. Whoever intelligently takes up the practice of Kṛṣṇa consciousness will also inherit the most wonderful realization in his relationship with Śrīla Prabhupāda, the pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa.</p>
<p>We hope that the Śrīla Prabhupāda-līlāmṛta will help the readers in establishing their relationship with Śrīla Prabhupāda. Its contribution is in the mood of remembering Śrīla Prabhupāda in separation. Remembering his pastimes puts one into direct contact with him and with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and this remembrance can free one from bondage to material life and enable one to taste the nectar of the eternal pastimes of Kṛṣṇa and His associates in the spiritual world.</p>
<p>Śrīla Prabhupāda&#8217;s life did not end on November 14, 1977. And we hope that the readers of Śrīla Prabhupāda-līlāmṛta will not feel they have finished their connection with this literature by having read it once. Śrīla Prabhupāda-līlāmṛta can be read regularly, from beginning to end. Our hope is that by hearing about Śrīla Prabhupāda the reader will become himself a Prabhupādānuga, a follower of Śrīla Prabhupāda. We can wish no better fortune upon anyone.</p>
<p><em>THUS ENDS THE SIXTH VOLUME OF THE ŚRĪLA PRABHUPĀDA-LĪLĀMṚTA, COMPLETED ON NOVEMBER 9, 1982, IN THE KĀRTTIKa SEASON, AT THE ISKCON KRISHNA-BALARAM MANDIR IN VṚNDĀVANA.</em></p>
<p>Chapter text pasted from <a href="http://vedabase.com/en/spl/6/55" target="_blank">Veda Base</a></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5759/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5759/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5759&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/07/prabhupadanugas/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/scan74a.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Scan74a</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Nectar of Instruction</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/06/the-nectar-of-instruction-3/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/06/the-nectar-of-instruction-3/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2013 11:33:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Diksha]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nectar of Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Reference Material]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Rupa Goswami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Siksa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upadesamrta]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Always thinking of Krsna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[association with vaisnavas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devotee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[diska]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[kanistha-adhikari]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[madhyama-adhikari]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[serving Krsna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[spiritual master]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Rupa Goswami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[uttama-adhikari]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vaisnava]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5753</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Continuing with our series on the Nectar of Iststuction (Upadeśāmṛta), we are posting Text 5, the very important instructions given by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī on vaisnava association, and on accepting spiritual initiation. Srila Prabhupada explains very nicely in his purport to this verse the importance of accepting an Uttama-adhikārī Vaiṣṇava as a Spiritual Master. &#8230;In [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5753&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/nectar-of-instruction.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/nectar-of-instruction.jpg?w=535" alt="Nectar of Instruction"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5756" /></a></p>
<p><em>Continuing with our series on the Nectar of Iststuction (Upadeśāmṛta), we are posting Text 5, the very important instructions given by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī on vaisnava association, and on accepting spiritual initiation.  Srila Prabhupada explains very nicely in his purport to this verse the importance of accepting an Uttama-adhikārī Vaiṣṇava as a Spiritual Master.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;In this verse Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī advises the devotee to be intelligent enough to distinguish between the kaniṣṭha-adhikārī, madhyama-adhikārī and uttama-adhikārī. The devotee should also know his own position and should not try to imitate a devotee situated on a higher platform. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has given some practical hints to the effect that an uttama-adhikārī Vaiṣṇava can be recognized by his ability to convert many fallen souls to Vaiṣṇavism. One should not become a spiritual master unless he has attained the platform of uttama-adhikārī. A neophyte Vaiṣṇava or a Vaiṣṇava situated on the intermediate platform can also accept disciples, but such disciples must be on the same platform, and it should be understood that they cannot advance very well toward the ultimate goal of life under his insufficient guidance. Therefore a disciple should be careful to accept an uttama-adhikārī as a spiritual master. </strong></em></p>
<p>For a Free pdf download of entire book follow link at bottom of post  <span id="more-5753"></span></p>
<p><strong>The Nectar of Instruction</strong><br />
By His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda<br />
Text 5</p>
<p><strong>kṛṣṇeti yasya giri taṁ manasādriyeta<br />
  dīkṣāsti cet praṇatibhiś ca bhajantam īśam<br />
śuśrūṣayā bhajana-vijñam ananyam anya-<br />
  nindādi-śūnya-hṛdam īpsita-saṅga-labdhyā</strong></p>
<p>kṛṣṇa—the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; iti—thus; yasya—of whom; giri—in the words or speech; tam—him; manasā—by the mind; ādriyeta—one must honour; dīkṣā—initiation; asti—there is; cet—if; praṇatibhiḥ—by obeisances; ca—also; bhajantam—engaged in devotional service; īśam—unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; śuśrūṣayā—by practical service; bhajana-vijñam—one who is advanced in devotional service; ananyam—without deviation; anya-nindā-ādi—of blasphemy of others, etc; śūnya—completely devoid; hṛdam—whose heart; īpsita—desirable; saṅga—association; labdhyā—by gaining.</p>
<p>TRANSLATION</p>
<p><strong>One should mentally honor the devotee who chants the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one should offer humble obeisances to the devotee who has undergone spiritual initiation [dīkṣā] and is engaged in worshiping the Deity, and one should associate with and faithfully serve that Pure devotee who is advanced in undeviated devotional service and whose heart is completely devoid of the propensity to criticize others.</strong></p>
<p>PURPORT</p>
<p>In order to intelligently apply the sixfold loving reciprocations mentioned in the previous verse, one must select proper persons with careful discrimination. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī therefore advises that we should meet with the Vaiṣṇavas in an appropriate way, according to their particular status. In this verse he tells us how to deal with three types of devotees—the kaniṣṭha-adhikārī, madhyama-adhikārī and uttama-adhikārī. The kaniṣṭha-adhikārī is a neophyte who has received the hari-nāma initiation from the spiritual master and is trying to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. One should respect such a person within his mind as a kaniṣṭha-vaiṣṇava. A madhyama-adhikārī has received spiritual initiation from the spiritual master and has been fully engaged by him in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. The madhyama-adhikārī should be considered to be situated midway in devotional service. The uttama-adhikārī, or highest devotee, is one who is very advanced in devotional service. An uttama-adhikārī is not interested in blaspheming others, his heart is completely clean, and he has attained the realized state of unalloyed Kṛṣṇa consciousness. According to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, the association and service of such a mahā-bhāgavata, or perfect Vaiṣṇava, are most desirable.</p>
<p>One should not remain a kaniṣṭha-adhikārī, one who is situated on the lowest platform of devotional service and is interested only in worshiping the Deity in the temple. Such a devotee is described in the Eleventh Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.47):</p>
<p>arcāyām eva haraye<br />
pūjāṁ yaḥ śraddhayehate<br />
na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu<br />
sa bhaktaḥ prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ</p>
<p>“A person who is very faithfully engaged in the worship of the Deity in the temple, but who does not know how to behave toward devotees or people in general is called a prākṛta-bhakta, or kaniṣṭha-adhikāri.”</p>
<p>One therefore has to raise himself from the position of kaniṣṭha-adhikārī to the platform of madhyama-adhikārī. The madhyama-adhikārī is described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.46) in this way:</p>
<p>īśvare tad-adhīneṣu<br />
bāliśeṣu dviṣatsu ca<br />
prema-maitrī-kṛpopekṣā<br />
yaḥ karoti sa madhyamaḥ</p>
<p>“The madhyama-adhikārī is a devotee who worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the highest object of love, makes friends with the Lord’s devotees, is merciful to the ignorant and avoids those who are envious by nature.”</p>
<p>This is the way to cultivate devotional service properly; therefore in this verse Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has advised us how to treat various devotees. We can see from practical experience that there are different types of Vaiṣṇavas. The prākṛta-sahajiyās generally chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, yet they are attached to women, money and intoxication. Although such persons may chant the holy name of the Lord, they are not yet properly purified. Such people should be respected within one’s mind, but their association should be avoided. Those who are innocent but simply carried away by bad association should be shown favor if they are eager to receive proper instructions from pure devotees, but those neophyte devotees who are actually initiated by the bona fide spiritual master and are seriously engaged in carrying out the orders of the spiritual master should be offered respectful obeisances.</p>
<p>In this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement a chance is given to everyone without discrimination of caste, creed or color. Everyone is invited to join this movement, sit with us, take prasāda and hear about Kṛṣṇa. When we see that someone is actually interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and wants to be initiated, we accept him as a disciple for the chanting of the holy name of the Lord. When a neophyte devotee is actually initiated and engaged in devotional service by the orders of the spiritual master, he should be accepted immediately as a bona fide Vaiṣṇava, and obeisances should be offered unto him. Out of many such Vaiṣṇavas, one may be found to be very seriously engaged in the service of the Lord and strictly following all the regulative principles, chanting the prescribed number of rounds on japa beads and always thinking of how to expand the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Such a Vaiṣṇava should be accepted as an uttama-adhikārī, a highly advanced devotee, and his association should always be sought.</p>
<p>The process by which a devotee becomes attached to Kṛṣṇa is described in Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Antya 4.192):</p>
<p>dīkṣā-kāle bhakta kare ātma-samarpaṇa<br />
sei-kāle kṛṣṇa tāre kare ātma-sama</p>
<p>“At the time of initiation, when a devotee fully surrenders to the service of the Lord, Kṛṣṇa accepts him to be as good as He Himself.”</p>
<p>Dīkṣā, or spiritual initiation, is explained in the Bhakti-sandarbha (868) by Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī:</p>
<p>divyaṁ jñānaṁ yato dadyāt<br />
kuryāt pāpasya saṅkṣayam<br />
tasmād dīkṣeti sā proktā<br />
deśikais tattva-kovidaiḥ</p>
<p>“By dīkṣā one gradually becomes disinterested in material enjoyment and gradually becomes interested in spiritual life.”</p>
<p>We have seen many practical examples of this, especially in Europe and America. Many students who come to us from rich and respectable families quickly lose all interest in material enjoyment and become very eager to enter into spiritual life. Although they come from very wealthy families, many of them accept living conditions that are not very comfortable. Indeed, for Kṛṣṇa’s sake they are prepared to accept any living condition as long as they can live in the temple and associate with the Vaiṣṇavas. When one becomes so disinterested in material enjoyment, he becomes fit for initiation by the spiritual master. For the advancement of spiritual life Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.1.13) prescribes: tapasā brahmacaryeṇa śamena ca damena ca. When a person is serious about accepting dīkṣā, he must be prepared to practice austerity, celibacy and control of the mind and body. If one is so prepared and is desirous of receiving spiritual enlightenment (divyaṁ jñānam), he is fit for being initiated. Divyaṁ jñānam is technically called tad-vijñāna, or knowledge about the Supreme. Tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum evābhigacchet: [MU 1.2.12] when one is interested in the transcendental subject matter of the Absolute Truth, he should be initiated. Such a person should approach a spiritual master in order to take dīkṣā. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.3.21) also prescribes: tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam. “When one is actually interested in the transcendental science of the Absolute Truth, he should approach a spiritual master.”</p>
<p>One should not accept a spiritual master without following his instructions. Nor should one accept a spiritual master just to make a fashionable show of spiritual life. One must be jijñāsu, very much inquisitive to learn from the bona fide spiritual master. The inquiries one makes should strictly pertain to transcendental science (jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam). The word uttamam refers to that which is above material knowledge. Tama means “the darkness of this material world,” and ut means “transcendental.” Generally people are very interested in inquiring about mundane subject matters, but when one has lost such interest and is simply interested in transcendental subject matters, he is quite fit for being initiated. When one is actually initiated by the bona fide spiritual master and when he seriously engages in the service of the Lord, he should be accepted as a madhyama-adhikārī.</p>
<p>The chanting of the holy names of Kṛṣṇa is so sublime that if one chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra offenselessly, carefully avoiding the ten offenses, he can certainly be gradually elevated to the point of understanding that there is no difference between the holy name of the Lord and the Lord Himself. One who has reached such an understanding should be very much respected by neophyte devotees. One should know for certain that without chanting the holy name of the Lord offenselessly, one cannot be a proper candidate for advancement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. In Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 22.69) it is said:</p>
<p>yāhāra komala śraddhā, se ‘kaniṣṭha’ jana<br />
krame krame teṅho bhakta ha-ibe ‘uttama’</p>
<p>“One whose faith is soft and pliable is called a neophyte, but by gradually following the process, he will rise to the platform of a first-class devotee.” Everyone begins his devotional life from the neophyte stage, but if one properly finishes chanting the prescribed number of rounds of harināma, he is elevated step by step to the highest platform, uttama-adhikārī. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement prescribes sixteen rounds daily because people in the Western countries cannot concentrate for long periods while chanting on beads. Therefore the minimum number of rounds is prescribed. However, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura used to say that unless one chants at least sixty-four rounds of japa (one hundred thousand names), he is considered fallen (patita). According to his calculation, practically every one of us is fallen, but because we are trying to serve the Supreme Lord with all seriousness and without duplicity, we can expect the mercy of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is famous as patita-pāvana, the deliverer of the fallen.</p>
<p>When Śrīla Satyarāja Khān, a great devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, asked the Lord how a Vaiṣṇava could be recognized, the Lord replied:</p>
<p>prabhu kahe,——“yāṅra mukhe śuni eka-bāra<br />
kṛṣṇa-nāma, sei pūjya,——śreṣṭha sabākāra”</p>
<p>“If one hears a person say even once the word ‘Kṛṣṇa,’ that person should be accepted as the best man out of the common group.” (Cc. Madhya 15.106) Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued:</p>
<p>“ataeva yāṅra mukhe eka kṛṣṇa-nāma<br />
sei ta ’vaiṣṇava, kariha tāṅhāra sammāna”</p>
<p>“One who is interested in chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa or who by practice likes to chant Kṛṣṇa’s names should be accepted as a Vaiṣṇava and offered respects as such, at least within one’s mind.” (Cc. Madhya 15.111) One of our friends, a famous English musician, has become attracted to chanting the holy names of Kṛṣṇa, and even in his records he has several times mentioned the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. At his home he offers respect to pictures of Kṛṣṇa and also to the preachers of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. In all regards, he has a very high estimation for Kṛṣṇa’s name and Kṛṣṇa’s activities; therefore we offer respects to him without reservation, for we are actually seeing that this gentleman is advancing gradually in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Such a person should always be shown respect. The conclusion is that anyone who is trying to advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness by regularly chanting the holy name should always be respected by Vaiṣṇavas. On the other hand, we have witnessed that some of our contemporaries who are supposed to be great preachers have gradually fallen into the material conception of life because they have failed to chant the holy name of the Lord.</p>
<p>While giving instructions to Sanātana Gosvāmī, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu divided devotional service into three categories.</p>
<p>śāstra-yukti nāhi jāne dṛḍha, śraddhāvān<br />
‘madhyama-adhikārī’ sei mahā-bhāgyavān</p>
<p>“A person whose conclusive knowledge of the śāstras is not very strong but who has developed firm faith in chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and who is also undeterred in the execution of his prescribed devotional service should be considered a madhyama-adhikārī. Such a person is very fortunate.” (Cc. Madhya 22.67) A madhyama-adhikārī is a śraddhāvān, a staunchly faithful person, and he is actually a candidate for further advancement in devotional service. Therefore in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 22.64) it is said:</p>
<p>śraddhāvān jana haya bhakti-adhikārī<br />
‘uttama’, ‘madhyama’, ‘kaniṣṭha’——śraddhā-anusārī</p>
<p>“One becomes qualified as a devotee on the elementary platform, the intermediate platform and the highest platform of devotional service according to the development of his śraddhā [faith].” Again in Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 22.62) it is said:</p>
<p>‘śraddhā’-śabde——viśvāsa kahe sudṛḍha niścaya<br />
kṛṣṇe bhakti kaile sarva-karma kṛta haya</p>
<p>“ ‘By rendering transcendental service to Kṛṣṇa, one automatically performs all subsidiary activities.’ This confident, firm faith, favorable to the discharge of devotional service, is called śraddhā.” Śraddhā, faith in Kṛṣṇa, is the beginning of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Faith means strong faith. The words of Bhagavad-gītā are authoritative instructions for faithful men, and whatever Kṛṣṇa says in Bhagavad-gītā is to be accepted as it is, without interpretation. This was the way Arjuna accepted Bhagavad-gītā. After hearing Bhagavad-gītā, Arjuna told Kṛṣṇa: sarvam etad ṛtaṁ manye yan māṁ vadasi keśava. “O Kṛṣṇa, I totally accept as truth all that You have told me.” (Bg. 10.14)</p>
<p>This is the correct way of understanding Bhagavad-gītā, and this is called śraddhā. It is not that one accepts a portion of Bhagavad-gītā according to his own whimsical interpretations and then rejects another portion. This is not śraddhā. Śraddhā means accepting the instructions of Bhagavad-gītā in their totality, especially the last instruction: sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja. “Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me.” (Bg. 18.66) When one becomes completely faithful in regard to this instruction, one’s strong faith becomes the basis for advancing in spiritual life.</p>
<p>When one fully engages in chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, he gradually realizes his own spiritual identity. Unless one faithfully chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, Kṛṣṇa does not reveal Himself: sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ. (Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.2.234) We cannot realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead by any artificial means. We must engage faithfully in the service of the Lord. Such service begins with the tongue (sevonmukhe hi jihvādau), which means that we should always chant the holy names of the Lord and accept kṛṣṇa-prasāda. We should not chant or accept anything else. When this process is faithfully followed, the Supreme Lord reveals Himself to the devotee.</p>
<p>When a person realizes himself to be an eternal servitor of Kṛṣṇa, he loses interest in everything but Kṛṣṇa’s service. Always thinking of Kṛṣṇa, devising means by which to spread the holy name of Kṛṣṇa, he understands that his only business is in spreading the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement all over the world. Such a person is to be recognized as an uttama-adhikārī, and his association should be immediately accepted according to the six processes (dadāti pratigṛhṇāti, etc.). Indeed, the advanced uttama-adhikārī Vaiṣṇava devotee should be accepted as a spiritual master. Everything one possesses should be offered to him, for it is enjoined that one should deliver whatever he has to the spiritual master. The brahmacārī in particular is supposed to beg alms from others and offer them to the spiritual master. However, one should not imitate the behavior of an advanced devotee or mahā-bhāgavata without being self-realized, for by such imitation one will eventually become degraded.</p>
<p>In this verse Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī advises the devotee to be intelligent enough to distinguish between the kaniṣṭha-adhikārī, madhyama-adhikārī and uttama-adhikārī. The devotee should also know his own position and should not try to imitate a devotee situated on a higher platform. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has given some practical hints to the effect that an uttama-adhikārī Vaiṣṇava can be recognized by his ability to convert many fallen souls to Vaiṣṇavism. One should not become a spiritual master unless he has attained the platform of uttama-adhikārī. A neophyte Vaiṣṇava or a Vaiṣṇava situated on the intermediate platform can also accept disciples, but such disciples must be on the same platform, and it should be understood that they cannot advance very well toward the ultimate goal of life under his insufficient guidance. Therefore a disciple should be careful to accept an uttama-adhikārī as a spiritual master. </p>
<p>For a Free PDF Download or to read entire book online click on following link;  <a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/the-nectar-of-instruction-1.pdf">The-Nectar-of-Instruction (1)</a></p>
<p>To purchase a single copy of Original Printing or to buy them buy them wholesale by the case!!! goto; <a href="http://www.theharekrishnamovement.com" rel="nofollow">http://www.theharekrishnamovement.com</a></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5753/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5753/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5753&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/06/the-nectar-of-instruction-3/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/nectar-of-instruction.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Nectar of Instruction</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Here is Krishna, Here is God</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/05/here-is-krishna-here-is-god/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/05/here-is-krishna-here-is-god/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2013 11:21:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krsna Consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lectures]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[barhavatamsam asitambuda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[He played on His flute]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Here is God]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[His color is blackish]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krishna consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[photo by Gurudas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SB 1.1.1]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vedas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vedic statement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[venum kvanantam]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5741</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Śrīmad Bhāgavatam Lecture &#8230;So our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is so nice.. We present, &#8220;Here is God.&#8221; Here is God. Take His name. Take His address also. It is so perfect. They are searching after God. We are giving the name, address, activity, everything, quality, all. Nāma-rūpa-līlā-parikara-vaiśiṣṭhyam, everything. Nāma means name. Here is Kṛṣṇa, &#8220;He is [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5741&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/krishnafrance.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/krishnafrance.jpg?w=535&#038;h=331" alt="KrishnaFrance" width="535" height="331" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5743" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Śrīmad Bhāgavatam Lecture</strong></p>
<p>&#8230;So our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is so nice.. We present, <strong>&#8220;Here is God.&#8221;</strong> Here is God. Take His name. Take His address also. It is so perfect. They are searching after God. We are giving the name, address, activity, everything, quality, all. <em><strong>Nāma-rūpa-līlā-parikara-vaiśiṣṭhyam</strong></em>, everything. Nāma means name. Here is Kṛṣṇa, <strong>&#8220;He is engaged in enjoyment with Rādhārāṇī and playing on His flute.&#8221;</strong> <em><strong>Veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣaṁ bar</strong></em>&#8230; [Bs. 5.30]. We are not imagining. Not that this artist imagines, the poet imagines. No. We don&#8217;t do that rascaldom. We don&#8217;t do that. We take information from the Vedas. Kṛṣṇa, when He was present personally, He played on His flute. The gopīs saw and the cowherds boys saw five thousand years ago. And the ācāryas took information. Even if you don&#8217;t believe in the history, then come to śāstra. The śāstra says <em><strong>veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣam</strong></em>: [Bs. 5.30] <strong>&#8220;Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always engaged in playing on His flute.&#8221;</strong> This is Vedic statement. <em><strong>Veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣam</strong></em>: [Bs. 5.30] <strong>&#8220;His eyes are just like lotus petals.&#8221;</strong> <em><strong>Veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣaṁ barhāvataṁsam asitāmbuda-sundarāṅgam</strong></em>: [Bs. 5.30] <strong>&#8220;He has got a peacock feather on His head.&#8221;</strong> These are the description in the Vedas. <strong>&#8220;He has got a peacock feather on His head.&#8221;</strong> <em><strong>Barhāvataṁsam asitāmbuda</strong></em>: <strong>&#8220;His color is blackish.&#8221;</strong> What kind of blackish? <em><strong>Asitāmbuda</strong></em>: <strong>&#8220;Just like new cloud.&#8221;</strong> <em><strong>Asitāmbuda-sundarāṅgam</strong></em>: <strong>&#8220;But don&#8217;t think because He is blackish, He is not beautiful. He is most beautiful.&#8221;</strong> How much beautiful? <em><strong>Kandarpa-koṭi-kamanīya-viśeṣa-śobham</strong></em>: [Bs. 5.30] <strong>&#8220;He is so beautiful that if you gather millions of Cupids, still He is more beautiful.&#8221;</strong> These descriptions are there.</p>
<p>So Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is very nice. You will be able to understand what is God, and you will be able to understand what is your relationship with God. And you will be able to understand how you can go back to home, back to Godhead.</p>
<p>Thank you very much. (end)</p>
<p>Full Lecture  <span id="more-5741"></span></p>
<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/bn09_008.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/bn09_008.jpg?w=535&#038;h=819" alt="Srila Prabhupada" width="535" height="819" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5742" /></a></p>
<p>Srimad Bhagavatam Lecture<br />
by His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
London, August 7, 1971</p>
<p>Śrīmad Bhāgavatam 1.1.1</p>
<p><strong>Pradyumna:</strong> Translation: &#8220;I offer my obeisances unto Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, son of Vasudeva, who is the supreme all-pervading Personality of Godhead. I meditate upon Him, the transcendent reality, who is the primeval cause of all causes, from whom all manifested universes arise, in whom they dwell, and by whom they are destroyed. I meditate upon that eternally effulgent Lord who is directly and indirectly conscious of all manifestations and yet is beyond them. It is He only who first imparted Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahmā, the first created being. Through Him this world, like a mirage, appears real even to great sages and demigods. Because of Him, the material universes, created by the three modes of nature, appear to be factual, although they are unreal. I meditate therefore upon Him, the Absolute Truth, who is eternally existent in His transcendental abode, and who is forever free of illusion.&#8221; [SB 1.1.1]</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Vyāsadeva is offering his obeisances unto the Supreme Lord, Kṛṣṇa. Oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya. Bhagavate, &#8220;unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is known as Vāsudeva.&#8221; Vāsudeva means the son of Vasudeva. Even the leader of the impersonalists, namely Śaṅkarācārya, he has accepted that the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. People may not misunderstand. Just like we give identification by giving the name of father, mother, similarly, Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s identification is that He is son of Vasudeva or son of Nanda Mahārāja, friend of Śrīdāmā, Sudāmā, lover of Rādhārāṇī. In so many ways He has got hundreds of thousands of names. So people who protest that God cannot have any name&#8230; They say that God cannot have any name. Yes, we agree with them. God cannot have any name. Or God has so many names, how we&#8217;ll address Him? The śāstra says that He has got many names, but the chief name is Kṛṣṇa. In the Atharva Veda it is said. Kṛṣṇa is the son of Devakī, Vasudeva. Those who are very much strict to understand everything on the evidence of Veda, Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī has given them quotation from Vedas, that &#8220;In the Vedas, Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s name is there, His father&#8217;s name is there.&#8221; Like that.</p>
<p>So God&#8217;s name&#8230; Actually, there is no God&#8217;s name. There is name, but He has got so many names. His name is given according to His pastimes. Just like according to&#8230; It has got meaning. You cannot give any name to God without bearing any meaning. That is the Vedic significance. When we say &#8220;Kṛṣṇa&#8221; name of God, that means He&#8217;s all-attractive. All-attractive means He&#8217;s not only attractive to the devotees but to the nondevotees. It&#8217;s not that Kṛṣṇa is one-sided, He&#8217;s attractive to the devotees. No. To the nondevotees also. Just like Kaṁsa. Kaṁsa was also attracted by Kṛṣṇa. He was attracted to Kṛṣṇa as enemy. There are two kinds of attraction. We can become attracted to somebody as friend as well as enemy. That is also attraction. If you think of some person that &#8220;This man is my enemy. I want to kill him, or I want to do some harm to him. How I shall do? How shall I capture him? He goes on the office, on the road. So I can capture him in that way&#8230;&#8221; So many. Just like in America the President Kennedy was killed. So the man who killed him, he made it a plan, thinking of President Kennedy always. That is attraction.</p>
<p>All-attractive means, therefore, that Kṛṣṇa is attractive to everyone, either one is Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s devotee or nondevotee. The best example is Kaṁsa. Kaṁsa heard that the eighth son of his sister, Devakī, would kill him. Since that time, he became attracted to Kṛṣṇa. &#8220;Oh, somebody&#8217;s coming in the name Kṛṣṇa, as my sister&#8217;s eighth son. So He will kill me. So let me kill my sister, the source of Kṛṣṇa.&#8221; So he first of all wanted to kill his sister. That is due to attraction of Kṛṣṇa. He was very kind to his sister. After the marriage of his sister he was taking very jubilantly his sister and his brother-in-law in a chariot, and he was personally driving, because Devakī happened to be younger sister of Kaṁsa. Naturally, everyone has got some love for younger brother and sister. So he was affectionate. Although he was a nondevotee demon, still, natural attraction one cannot avoid. Just like a tiger. Tiger is killer of everyone. But still, the tiger and the tigress have got affection for the cubs. That is natural. So he had the natural attraction for his sister, but when he heard that his sister would be the killer of him, he immediately wanted to kill his sister. That story you know. It is stated in the Kṛṣṇa book beginning.</p>
<p>So the idea is&#8230; Satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi [SB 1.1.1]. Namo bhagavate vāsudevāya. So Vyāsadeva is offering his obeisances to the son of Devakī, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa means all-attractive. Then, read. What is next?</p>
<p><strong>Pradyumna:</strong> &#8220;Obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva, directly indicates Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is the divine son of Vasudeva and Devakī. This fact will be more explicitly explained in the text of this work. Śrī Vyāsadeva asserts herein that Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original Personality of Godhead, and all others are His direct or indirect plenary portions or portions of the portion.&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Yes. This will be explained in the Third Chapter of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, First Canto. When describing different incarnations, so in that list of different incarnations, Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s name is also there. So Vyāsadeva has purposefully explained in that verse that there are so many incarnations. It has been described there that Kṛṣṇa, or God, has got so many incarnations, just like so many waves of the river. If you have got some experience of the flowing river you&#8217;ll find so many waves are coming, one after another, one after another. He has got so many incarnations that you cannot count even. Just like if you sit down on the bank of a river and go on counting the waves, so whole day and night, whole year, whole life, still, it will not be done.</p>
<p>Therefore Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s another name is Ananta. Ananta means &#8220;who has no end.&#8221; Ananta. Anta means end. Everything of us, there is end. But Kṛṣṇa has no end. Similarly, His incarnation has no end. So in spite of so many incarnations, He is full. If we take, try to understand Kṛṣṇa materially that&#8230; Just like if you take from some stock one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, like that, then the stock will be finished at a certain point. Kṛṣṇa is not like that. Pūrṇam. The Veda says Kṛṣṇa is pūrṇam, complete. What kind of pūrṇam? We understand also complete. But if you want to take something from the complete, gradually it will reduce, and ultimately it becomes zero. So Kṛṣṇa is not like that. The Vedas say that pūrṇasya pūrṇam ādāya pūrṇam eva avaśiṣyate [Īśo Invocation]. He&#8217;s complete. So many incarnations are coming from Him, just like the waves of the river; still, he&#8217;s complete. Pūrṇasya pūrṇam. From original Kṛṣṇa so many incarnations are coming. But still, He&#8217;s there.</p>
<p>In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is stated that goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūtaḥ [Bs. 5.37]. Kṛṣṇa lives at His home, Goloka Vṛndāvana. Just like Kṛṣṇa is in Goloka Vṛndāvana. So still, He emanates, He expands Himself. Akhilātma-bhūtaḥ. Akhilātma-bhūtaḥ means throughout the whole creation. He has creation; that is also innumerable. We are seeing this creation, this universe. There are innumerable planets. But&#8230; Akhilātma-bhūtaḥ [Bs. 5.37], in everywhere Kṛṣṇa is there. Still, He is existing in His own abode. We cannot imagine because we have no such experience. Just like we are sitting in this room. We are not sitting in the other room. Try to understand the distinction between Kṛṣṇa and ourselves. But Kṛṣṇa is here and He&#8217;s not only in the other room, other building, other city, other universe—everywhere. That is Kṛṣṇa.</p>
<p>It is stated—not that we are imagining, because we take evidence from the Vedic literatures. In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is stated like that:</p>
<p>eko &#8216;py asau racayituṁ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭiṁ<br />
yac chaktir asti jagad-aṇḍa-cayā yad-antaḥ<br />
aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-sthaṁ<br />
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi<br />
[Bs. 5.35]</p>
<p>One portion of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa has direct expansion and expansion of the expansion. Just like Kṛṣṇa, His immediate expansion is Baladeva, Balarāma. Then from Balarāma the next expansion is Catur-vyūha, quadruple: Saṅkarṣaṇa, Vāsudeva, Aniruddha, Pradyumna. Again, from this Saṅkarṣaṇa there is another expansion, Nārāyaṇa. From Nārāyaṇa, another expansion. Again, second status of Saṅkarṣaṇa, Vāsudeva&#8230; Not only one Nārāyaṇa, but innumerable Nārāyaṇas. Because in the Vaikuṇṭhaloka, the spiritual sky, there are innumerable planets. How many? Now, just imagine here in this universe there are planets. This is one universe. There are millions of planets. You cannot count. You cannot count. So similarly, there are innumerable universes also. That also you cannot count. Still, all these universes taken together is only one-fourth manifestation of Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s expansion. In the Vaikuṇṭhaloka there is three-fourths expansion. So we cannot count even one planet how many Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s expansions are there, because He is aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-stham [Bs. 5.35]. He&#8217;s within the atom also. The scientists are perplexed to analyze one atom. More and more they&#8217;re finding components. Kṛṣṇa&#8230; Therefore His name is Ananta. Advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam [Bs. 5.33]. He has got multiforms. Multiforms.</p>
<p>So Vyāsadeva will explain in the Third Chapter that although He has got all these multiforms, none are more than Kṛṣṇa. But still that Kṛṣṇa, the name which He appeared in this day, He&#8217;s the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam [SB 1.3.28]. All other incarnations who are mentioned in this list, they are aṁśa-kalāḥ. They&#8217;re directly expansion or expansion of the expansion, expansion of the expansion, you go on. That is Kṛṣṇa. Just like Kṛṣṇa is in this temple. In other temples also, Kṛṣṇa is there. Not that because in this temple Kṛṣṇa is there, He is finished. Just like we are present in this room, not in other room. That means in one room. Kṛṣṇa is not like that. Try to understand Kṛṣṇa.</p>
<p>Therefore Bhāgavata is trying to inform you about Kṛṣṇa, beginning janmādy asya&#8230; [SB 1.1.1]. Oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya. Vāsudeva is Kṛṣṇa, svayaṁ bhagavān. Now, what kind of Vāsudeva? Janmādy asya yataḥ [SB 1.1.1]. From whom everything is there. What is that everything? Means birth, sustenance, and death—everything you can understand, any material object we can understand by these three symptoms. Just like your body, my body, or everyone&#8217;s body: it has got a date of birth, it continues to live for some time, and there is annihilation. That is called janmādy asya [SB 1.1.1]. Janma ādi. First of all birth, then sustenance, then death. This is three summary. But actually there are six. Six in the birth, then living for some time, then growth, then producing something out of the body, then dwindling, then finished. Every body. Every body takes birth, then remains for some time, grows also or changes different body, and then from the body some other bodies are also coming out. In this way one becomes old. That means dwindling. And one day will come he&#8217;ll be finished. Ṣaḍ-vikāra. These are called six kinds of transformations. Any material thing you can take: six kinds of transformation. But Kṛṣṇa has not such transformation. Therefore He is not of this body. His body is mentioned in the śāstra, sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha [Bs. 5.1].</p>
<p>So anyone accepting Kṛṣṇa like ordinary man, then he&#8217;s a rascal. Avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam [Bg. 9.11]. Kṛṣṇa says, &#8220;The rascal only, they take Me as a human being.&#8221; Just like a great rascal scholar, he has mentioned, &#8220;Perhaps Kṛṣṇa was a leader of an aborigine, and He has been accepted as God.&#8221; So we cannot study Kṛṣṇa in that way, from the fools and rascals. We have to know Kṛṣṇa from authorities. Just like Vyāsadeva is explaining what is Kṛṣṇa. First of all let us understand what is Kṛṣṇa, then we enter into the other information of Kṛṣṇa. Just like if you want to know somebody, you have to acquaint himself with that particular person. Then gradually you can understand that &#8220;This man is of this position, his financial strength is like this, his influence is like this, like that, like that.&#8221; So many things you will understand. First of all sambandha.</p>
<p>So anyone who does not know what is God, and what is my relationship&#8230; Relationship later on. First of all at least we must know what is God. Then we can speak something about God. If I do not know what is God, then we can speak something about God. If I do not know what is God, then how you can explain, how you can understand about Him? So that is the defect. Actually you search out all process of understanding God. Generally religion means the process of understanding God. That is religion. Religion without God is just like Hamlet without Hamlet. Playwright, Hamlet. Religion cannot be without God. The so-called religion, that is cheating. That is, it will be explained in the next verse, dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo &#8216;tra [SB 1.1.2]. Any kind of religion which is going on under the name of religion, but the system has no information of God, that is cheating religion. Cheating religion. Because religion means the laws of God. But if you do not know what is God, then how you can know His laws? If you do not know the king, how you can understand the king&#8217;s laws, even though you try to understand?</p>
<p>Just the scientists, they are trying to understand the laws of God, but because they are imperfect, therefore they cannot understand what is God, in spite of their scientific improvement. They do not know. Ask any scientist, &#8220;You are great scientist. Can you say what is God?&#8221; The reply will be, &#8220;No. We don&#8217;t believe in God. We don&#8217;t believe.&#8221; Why? You believe in the laws of God? &#8220;Yes, that we are studying.&#8221; But the laws means somebody has made that law. That is our experience. Just like when we understand government laws, we understand also the government has enacted this law. We understand that. Just like on the street when you go, it is written there, &#8220;Keep to the left.&#8221; It is the order of the government. You have abide by that. That is obedience to the government. Discipline. Discipline is the first law of obedience. If people do not care for the government laws, then there will be chaos.</p>
<p>So the present situation is the so-called modern civilization, they have no knowledge of God, although they are trying to study the laws of God. But they should accept at least theoretically there must be God. How I can say God is dead? Because if God is the law-giver, by His order everything is moving nicely. The sun is rising exactly at the time, the moon is rising exactly at the time, the seasonal changes are taking place exactly in due course of time. Everything is going on. Foods are grown for our feeding, for animals. Everything is going on nicely. So how I can say the manager who is managing all these things, He is dead? How we can accept? These are imperfect knowledge or demonic knowledge or rascaldom.</p>
<p>So our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is against all this rascaldom, all this rascaldom. We present, &#8220;Here is God.&#8221; Here is God. Take His name. Take His address also. That is also&#8230; It is so perfect. They are searching after God. We are giving the name, address, activity, everything, quality, all. Nāma-rūpa-līlā-parikara-vaiśiṣṭhyam, everything. Nāma means name. Here is Kṛṣṇa, God&#8217;s name. Form, here is the form. He is engaged in enjoyment with Rādhārāṇī and playing on His flute. Veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣaṁ bar&#8230; [Bs. 5.30]. We are not imagining. Not that this artist imagines, the poet imagines. No. We don&#8217;t do that rascaldom. We don&#8217;t do that. We take information from the Vedas. Kṛṣṇa, when He was present personally, He played on His flute. The gopīs saw and the cowherds boys saw five thousand years ago. And the ācāryas took information. Even if you don&#8217;t believe in the history, then come to śāstra. The śāstra says veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣam: [Bs. 5.30] &#8220;Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always engaged in playing on His flute.&#8221; This is Vedic statement. Veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣam: [Bs. 5.30] &#8220;His eyes are just like lotus petals.&#8221; Veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣaṁ barhāvataṁsam asitāmbuda-sundarāṅgam: [Bs. 5.30] &#8220;He has got a peacock feather on His head.&#8221; These are the description in the Vedas. &#8220;He has got a peacock feather on His head.&#8221; Barhāvataṁsam asitāmbuda: &#8220;His color is blackish.&#8221; What kind of blackish? Asitāmbuda: &#8220;Just like new cloud.&#8221; Asitāmbuda-sundarāṅgam: &#8220;But don&#8217;t think because He is blackish, He is not beautiful. He is most beautiful.&#8221; How much beautiful? Kandarpa-koṭi-kamanīya-viśeṣa-śobham: [Bs. 5.30] &#8220;He is so beautiful that if you gather millions of Cupids, still He is more beautiful.&#8221; These descriptions are there.</p>
<p>So Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is very nice. You will be able to understand what is God, and you will be able to understand what is your relationship with God. And you will be able to understand how you can go back to home, back to Godhead.</p>
<p>Thank you very much. (end)</p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5741/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5741/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5741&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/05/here-is-krishna-here-is-god/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/krishnafrance.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">KrishnaFrance</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/05/bn09_008.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Srila Prabhupada</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Killing of Kamsa</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/02/the-killing-of-kamsa/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/02/the-killing-of-kamsa/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 03 May 2013 01:22:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Back to Godhead]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Kamsa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satsvarupa das Goswami]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhpada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[bhagavad-gita]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Devaki]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lamsa. Back to Godhead Magazine]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lord Krsna]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5676</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Killing of Kamsa Excerpted from Back to Godhead Magazine Volume 01, Number 67, 1974 by Satsvarūpa dāsa Goswāmī Bhagavad-gita states that Lord Krsna descends to this world to vanquish miscreants and rescue His devotees. Once when the world was overburdened with demoniac forces, the demigods prayed for the appearance of the Lord. Lord Krsna [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5676&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/killing-of-kamsa-by-krishna1.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/killing-of-kamsa-by-krishna1.jpg?w=535&#038;h=395" alt="Killing of Kamsa by Krishna1" width="535" height="395" class="alignleft size-full wp-image-5677" /></a></p>
<p><strong>The Killing of Kamsa</strong><br />
Excerpted from Back to Godhead Magazine Volume 01, Number 67, 1974<br />
by Satsvarūpa dāsa Goswāmī</p>
<p>Bhagavad-gita states that Lord Krsna descends to this world to vanquish miscreants and rescue His devotees. Once when the world was overburdened with demoniac forces, the demigods prayed for the appearance of the Lord. Lord Krsna accepted the prayer, and He decided to appear as the son of two pure devotees, Vasudeva and his wife, Devaki. Years before Krsna&#8217;s actual advent, on the day Devaki and Vasudeva were married, Kamsa, the brother of the bride, was driving the couple to Vasudeva&#8217;s home. In the middle of the joyous procession, a voice suddenly rang out from the sky. &#8220;Kamsa,&#8221; the voice said, &#8220;you are such a fool! You are driving the chariot of your sister, but you do not know that the eighth child of your sister will kill you!&#8221;</p>
<p><span id="more-5676"></span></p>
<p>Kamsa then at once took hold of Devaki and drew his sword to kill her. This shows the essence of Kamsa&#8217;s demoniac mentality: anyone or anything that threatened his bodily enjoyment must be destroyed. Vasudeva at once intervened and pleaded with Kamsa not to kill Devaki. Vasudeva spoke in a very enlightened way. Death, he told Kamsa, is inevitable, so why should we be afraid of it? After the end of this body, we get another body to fulfill our desires. Death is only a change of bodies. The real self is eternal, so we should try to find our real life beyond the body.</p>
<p>Unfortunately, Kamsa, being an atheist, could not listen to good instruction. Although each of us has but little control over the forces of nature, foolish people try to become lords of all they survey. They live only for the pleasure of the body, taking the body to be the self, and disregarding the soul. In ignorance, they say there is no soul.</p>
<p>This philosophy is now very popular, but it has existed since time immemorial. Thousands of years ago, in Vedic times, it was propounded by a philosopher named Carvaka, who taught that one should simply enjoy sensual pleasures, like eating, as much as he can. One should not hesitate to commit any irresponsible act to reach his goal, and one should not worry about the next life because at death everything will be finished. When modern so-called leaders take up this philosophy, people in general follow, and society becomes hellish. Not considering the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, or His supreme proprietorship, men take to animal slaughter, abortion, intoxication—anything. We are seeing only the beginning of this in current times. When Krsna conscious persons like Vasudeva try to give enlightenment, many so-called educated men take them lightly and say that the existence of God and the eternity of the soul are myths. And when governments also fail to meet their responsibility to further God consciousness, social degradation is assured.</p>
<p>To dissuade Kamsa from murdering Devaki, Vasudeva promised that he and Devaki would bring Kamsa each of their children as they were born so that he could do what he liked with them. Kamsa relented, and when Vasudeva brought Kamsa their first-born child one year later, he became a little compassionate and spared the baby.</p>
<p>Later, however, Kamsa became alarmed when he heard from the sage Narada that Krsna was soon to appear. Narada told Kamsa that in his past life he had been a demon named Kalanemi, who had been killed by Lord Krsna, the Personality of Godhead. On hearing this, Kamsa foolishly became determined to kill the Lord. &#8220;Any child might be Krsna,&#8221; he concluded. He at once ordered the imprisonment of Vasudeva and Devaki and killed their child. Kamsa committed many other atrocities, all so that he might live and rule at any cost. He made alliances with many demoniac kings and imprisoned anyone who opposed him, including his own father, Ugrasena. In this way he expanded his kingdom, just as modern politicians do, until he became the strongest emperor of his time. He broke the solidarity of the Yadu dynasty, which included all of Krsna&#8217;s relatives, and forced them to hide in caves. Year after year Devaki gave birth to a child, and Kamsa murdered every one—six in all—fearing each to be the child who would kill him.</p>
<p>When Krsna Himself became the eighth child, He cheated Kamsa. He appeared before Vasudeva and Devaki as the Supreme Lord and then transformed Himself into a normal child. Krsna ordered Vasudeva to exchange Him with a female child just bom to mother Yasoda in nearby Gokula. Although Vasudeva was shackled and Kamsa&#8217;s prison well guarded, by Krsna&#8217;s mystic potency Vasudeva was able to escape from the prison, make the exchange, and return unnoticed to his cell.</p>
<p>Kamsa heard the cries of the newborn child as his death knell, and he rushed in to kill him. But the baby flew up into the air and assumed the form of the demigoddess Maya. &#8220;You rascal,&#8221; she said to Kamsa. &#8220;The child who will kill you has already been born elsewhere. You cannot kill Him.&#8221;</p>
<p>Threatened in this way, Kamsa and his demoniac associates began an all-out purge, ordering the murder of all male children born within the previous ten days. Kamsa also harassed all saintly persons and brahmanas. He knew that the devotees are the heart and soul of his enemy, Lord Krsna, so he tried to attack Him by persecuting His closest servitors and putting a stop to all religious activities.</p>
<p>Lord Krsna, however, was not at all fearful. He simply enjoyed His childhood pastimes in Vrndavana, giving pleasure to His friends, His mother and father, and the cowherd men and women. Kamsa, however, tried repeatedly to disrupt Krsna&#8217;s pastimes. First he sent a witch named Putana, who had already killed many babies by her black arts. She tried to kill Krsna when He was only a few months old. She smeared poison on her breast, appeared in Vrndavana as a beautiful young woman, and took permission from mother Yasoda to give Krsna her breast to suck. Baby Krsna, however, not only sucked her breast milk, but sucked out her life as well.</p>
<p>After Putana, Kamsa sent many demons, among them Trnavarta and Aghasura. Trnavarta appeared in the shape of a whirlwind and tried to kidnap Krsna and destroy Him high in the sky. Aghasura, the brother of Putana, came before Krsna and His friends as a giant serpent. But Krsna nonchalantly killed these ferocious demons one after another. Krsna&#8217;s father, Nanda, and other elders of the village were concerned about the constant attacks upon Krsna, so they moved their entire village community to a more suitable place, where they hoped to be free from attack. But more demons came; a giant horse, an enormous bull, a pack of asses, and many others. Child Krsna killed them all, assisted by His brother, Balarama.</p>
<p>When Krsna was sixteen years old, Kamsa discovered for certain that Krsna in Vrndavana was Devaki&#8217;s eighth child. Narada told Kamsa of Krsna&#8217;s true identity and related how He had killed all the demons without difficulty. In desperation, Kamsa formed his final plot: he arranged for a big wrestling match at Mathura and sent Akrura, Krsna&#8217;s uncle, to Vrndavana to invite Krsna and all His relatives and neighbors to attend the gala affair.</p>
<p>Akrura was actually a great devotee of Krsna. So when he arrived in Vrndavana, he confided to Krsna that the wrestling match was an elaborate plan to kill Him and His brother. Krsna and Balarama mildly laughed at this. They invited all the townsmen to go to Mathura, and They Themselves set out with Akrura.</p>
<p>Krsna&#8217;s arrival in Mathura was supposed to be His entrance into an ominous trap, but Krsna very blissfully and lightheartedly entered the city. And when the news spread that Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, had come, all the residents of Mathura spontaneously turned out to see Him. The real festival in Mathura became the festival of seeing Krsna. All the young girls were very eager to see Krsna, but out of modesty they went to the roofs of the houses to catch a glimpse of Him. The people had heard about Krsna and His activities, but only now did they have the chance to see Him. They became ecstatic and rushed from whatever they were doing to see Krsna passing through the streets. People talked back and forth about how beautiful Krsna was, and they praised the great fortune of the gopis and other devotees of Vrndavana who were able to see Krsna every day.</p>
<p>There are two kinds of human beings—devotees and demons—and in Mathura Krsna encountered both. While Krsna and Balarama were walking through the streets of Mathura, They met a washerman carrying various garments. Krsna asked the washerman for some clothing and promised to award him all good fortune. This is the basis of Krsna consciousness: the devotee offers whatever he has to the Lord, and the Lord, although not in need, accepts the offering to help awaken the devotee&#8217;s original relationship of service to Him. Unfortunately, this washerman thought himself a servant not of Krsna but of Kamsa. Not only did he refuse to give Krsna clothing, but he called Him impudent. &#8220;Don&#8217;t ask for things that are the King&#8217;s property,&#8221; he said, &#8220;or You will be punished.&#8221; Krsna became very angry with this servant of Kamsa and killed him, using only His hand as a weapon.</p>
<p>A little later Krsna and Balarama met a florist who was exactly the opposite of the washerman. He was very submissive and simply prayed to be eternally engaged in devotional service to Krsna. The florist gave Krsna a very beautiful garland at his home, and thus his desire was fulfilled.</p>
<p>Krsna and Balarama also met a young hunchback woman carrying sandalwood paste. Her duty had been to bring sandalwood to King Kamsa daily, but when she saw the personal beauty of Krsna and Balarama, she voluntarily offered the sandalwood paste to Them. In return, Krsna transformed her from a hunchback into a beautiful young woman by touching her with His hand. One may take these extraordinary encounters to be fictitious or imaginary, but they are the actual historic activities the Personality of Godhead performed while present on earth some 5,000 years ago. The great authorities in Krsna consciousness who are passing down the narrations of Bhagavad-gita and Srimad-Bhagavatam do not doubt these facts. Mundane scholars and people in general may doubt them, but they cannot understand the science of God as presented in Vedic literature. One who is not rendering service to the Personality of Godhead through a bona fide spiritual master can only whimsically speculate about what God can or cannot do.</p>
<p>As Krsna and Balarama approached the sacrificial arena in Mathura, They saw a big display where a giant bow was being guarded by state soldiers. Krsna walked right past the guards, picked up the bow and broke it. The sound of the bow&#8217;s cracking reverberated throughout the land and sky and even reached the palace of Kamsa. The guards rushed Krsna and Balarama, but the two brothers immediately killed them and left the arena.</p>
<p>Thereafter, Krsna continued to visit various places in Mathura, and the citizens turned out to see Him, astonished at His extraordinary beauty and opulence. In Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Srila Prabhupada writes, &#8220;The two brothers strolled carefree in the street, not caring for the law and order of Kamsa.&#8221; In this way They hinted at the severe danger awaiting Kamsa.</p>
<p>When Kamsa heard the bow break and heard how the guards had been killed, he partially realized the power of the Supreme Lord. He understood that the eighth child of Devaki had come to kill him. That night he could not rest at all, for both awake and dreaming he had inauspicious visions. He looked in the mirror but could not see his head. He saw stars in the sky double. He saw holes in his shadow, heard a buzzing sound in his ears, and had ghastly dreams of ghosts, poison and murder. Thus he understood that his death was sure. But when morning finally came, he busily arranged for the wrestling match. In his last hours, with death so near, rather than pray to the Supreme Lord for mercy, Kamsa anxiously planned how to avert what he knew was certain.</p>
<p>All those who share Kamsa&#8217;s demoniac mentality are like that. They can see that material nature will eventually kill them, just as it has killed everyone else in history. Yet they act as if they will never die. A great devotee once called this the most wonderful phenomenon: people see the hand of death take away all their predecessors, but they think that they themselves will not die. The Kamsas of this world are always busy planning how to enjoy this life, even up till the second they are snatched away by death. So many modern cities have been built all over the world, but no one who lives in them has any guarantee that he won&#8217;t be kicked out today or tomorrow by death. Ignoring the next life only insures that we will have to take another birth to suffer miseries again and again. Kamsa was like a man trying to raise his temperature when he already has a high fever; when the fever reaches 107 degrees, a man dies. Kamsa could not see that all his plans to survive would be vanquished, nor did he care to hear about the next life. Like a typical politician, on the morning of his death Kamsa busied himself making plans for this temporary world.</p>
<p>After bathing and performing other morning duties, Krsna and Balarama heard drums playing at the wrestling arena, and They prepared to go see the fun. But when They arrived at the gateway of the arena, a big elephant with a rider blocked Their path. This was another of Kamsa&#8217;s schemes. Krsna told the elephant&#8217;s caretaker to immediately clear the path, but the man became angry and provoked the elephant to charge Krsna. Krsna moved around the elephant, dragged it by its tail, tripped it and finally killed both the elephant and its rider.</p>
<p>Krsna and Balarama then proceeded into the arena, where everyone at once became attracted to Them. The audience was completely attentive to Krsna and Balarama. The residents of Vrndavana were all reciting Their pastimes, and others, seeing Them for the first time, began to praise Their qualities.</p>
<p>Suddenly, a musical fanfare announced the start of the wrestling match. The famous champion wrestlers Canura and Mustika approached Krsna and Balarama, and Canura said, &#8220;We have heard all about You. The King desires to see You display Your wrestling abilities.&#8221; Krsna replied that although He and Balarama liked to play and sometimes They wrestled with Their cowherd friends, They were not professional wrestlers. Krsna said plainly that a match of&#8221; professional wrestlers against young boys would not be equal, and this would disturb the audience. But the wrestlers insisted that Krsna and Balarama were not ordinary boys, and so the match began.</p>
<p>Many members of the audience called out their disapproval, for Krsna and His brother appeared to be delicate boys of tender age, whereas the wrestlers were mountainous strongmen, trained in the art of crushing opponents. In Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Srila Prabhupada specifically describes what the members of the audience said. &#8220;But my dear friends,&#8221; someone spoke out, &#8220;just look at the face of Krsna. There are drops of perspiration on His face from chasing His enemy, and His face appears like a lotus flower with drops of water. And do you see how the face of Lord Balarama has turned especially beautiful? There is a reddish hue on His white face because He is engaged in a strong wrestling match with Mustika.&#8221; Another spectator exclaimed, &#8220;Even in front of the King this wrestling match is going on between incompatible sides.&#8221; Thus the members of the audience were very attracted to Krsna, but at the same time they saw great danger and felt anxiety for Him. Even Krsna&#8217;s very intimate devotees, such as His mother and father, were also very anxious because they too did not know the unlimited strength of Krsna and Balarama.</p>
<p>Lord Krsna is actually all-powerful, and there is nothing to fear when He is fighting a conditioned living being of the material world. Krsna is declared throughout the Vedas to be the Absolute Truth, the source from whom everything comes and upon whom everything rests. Srimad-Bhagavatam says that He alone existed before creation. He is now the only ultimate reality, and after annihilation only He will remain. But by Krsna&#8217;s internal spiritual energy, called yoga-maya, He acts in different relationships with His servitors according to how they approach Him.</p>
<p>Krsna is the reservoir of all personal feelings, so we should not be surprised that He reveals Himself differently in various relationships. To the mass of people at the wrestling arena He appeared as the most beautiful personality, but to the wrestlers He appeared like a thunderbolt. The ksatriyas (warriors) saw Him as the strongest ruler, while the females saw Him as the most attractive male. The cowherd men from Vrndavana saw Him as their own kinsman, while the yogis saw Him as the Supersoul in everyone&#8217;s heart. Kamsa also saw Krsna uniquely—as Death Personified.</p>
<p>Kamsa was always fearful that Krsna would someday kill him. Thus he spent his whole life absorbed in thoughts of how to kill Krsna. Because he was always thinking of Krsna, Kamsa was Krsna conscious. But because he thought of Krsna unfavorably, he is not considered a devotee of the Lord. He was not practicing bhakti (devotional service). To be always thinking, like Kamsa, of how to avoid submitting to the Lord&#8217;s supreme will is the principal engagement of a whole class of men, including modern educators, scientists, politicians and philosophers. By hearing about Kamsa, we can clearly understand why such a mentality is self-defeating.</p>
<p>Krsna and Balarama engaged the wrestlers in the standard wrestling holds and maneuvers for some time, but when the anxious protests of the audience grew too great, Krsna simply spun one wrestler in the air, Balarama hit the other, and the famous wrestlers were dead. Other wrestlers came forward, but the two brothers killed them immediately, and the remaining wrestlers ran from the arena. Musicians spontaneously beat their drums, and the crowd cheered the victory of Krsna and Balarama.</p>
<p>Kamsa was enraged. He announced that Krsna and Balarama should be driven from the city of Mathura, Their riches plundered, and Krsna&#8217;s father killed. Krsna could not tolerate such talk. He jumped over the high wall protecting King Kamsa and stood before him face to face. Kamsa tried defending himself with a sword, but Krsna grabbed him and dragged him down from the throne. After throwing him on the ground, Krsna killed Kamsa by punching him with His fist. Krsna then dragged Kamsa around the arena the way a lion drags an elephant after killing it, just to assure His parents, relatives and all pious people that Kamsa was actually dead.</p>
<p>One may wonder why this narration contains so much violence and killing, since the Supreme Personality of Godhead is said to be all-merciful. But there is no question of wrongdoing in Krsna&#8217;s actions. Because Krsna is absolute, whatever Krsna does is absolutely good. Fighting and killing is required for a ksatriya (warrior) when there is a need to punish miscreants who threaten the peaceful citizens of society. When such criminals need to be rebuffed, nonviolence is cowardice, as Krsna told Arjuna on the Battlefield of Kuruksetra. Devotees of Krsna are naturally nonviolent toward all living entities, even animals, but if the demoniac make a violent disturbance, the devotees are prepared to counter such violence in the service of the Supreme Lord.</p>
<p>Also, when Krsna personally kills someone, He gives that person the benediction of liberation. Astoundingly, Kamsa was immediately awarded sarupya-mukti upon being killed by Krsna. This means that he went to the spiritual planets, where he was able to live in eternity, bliss and knowledge with a form almost exactly resembling the Supreme Lord&#8217;s in opulence and beauty. Such liberation is very difficult to achieve, even after hundreds of lifetimes spent searching for the Absolute Truth. Yogis and ascetics achieve release from all material desires only after prolonged, severe austerities. But even they do not reach the Vaikuntha planets; they merge into the impersonal brahmajyoti, the effulgence of the Lord. Kamsa, however, had a personal relationship with Krsna. He thought of Krsna day and night: &#8220;When will He come? What is He doing now? When will He kill me?&#8221; So Kamsa was given a place more exalted than all the impersonal mystic yogis of the hatha-yoga school or the philosophers who speculate about the impersonal Absolute Truth. This gives a hint of the great power of bhakti. If an avowed enemy of Krsna is given such a high place, we can barely even imagine the sweet favor the Lord awards to those who relate to Him in a positive, loving way, always rendering service to Him and chanting His glories.</p>
<p>Finally, one might ask why Krsna should personally fight with a demon like Kamsa. Krsna, being the source of all emanations and qualities, has His own transcendental desires. Therefore He also has a fighting propensity, which He exhibits in His playful wrestling with the cowherd boys of Vrndavana. Authorities in the science of Krsna consciousness inform us that Krsna&#8217;s choice to fight with Kamsa indicates that Kamsa is actually a liberated devotee of Krsna&#8217;s who was sent to the material world to provide the Lord a suitable opponent. Kamsa could not actually threaten Krsna; Krsna arranged the fight for His personal pleasure. This understanding brings us to a level of consciousness beyond violence or nonviolence, morality or immorality.</p>
<p>Krsna displays His eternal pastimes with His devotees just to attract us to return to His loving service. We are all eternal parts and parcels of Krsna, but we are now suffering the miseries of repeated birth and death in the material world, in forgetfulness of Krsna. We should not struggle to rival Krsna; rather, we should understand that the only business of our life is to serve the Lord. We each have a natural aptitude for the service of Krsna, and that should be developed, under the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master. The first engagement is to hear the pastimes of Krsna. Our present age is very fallen, full of materialistic and impersonal concepts of reality, but the truth is available in the vast treasurehouse of Vedic literature. The sincere seeker will find that truth very easily, if he begins with a submissive ear.</p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5676/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5676/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5676&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/05/02/the-killing-of-kamsa/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/killing-of-kamsa-by-krishna1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Killing of Kamsa by Krishna1</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Formula for Peace</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/30/the-formula-for-peace/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/30/the-formula-for-peace/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2013 12:19:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Peace Formula]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bg. 5.29]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[bhagavad-gita]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[demigods]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[formula for peace]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[illusory energy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[krsna consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[living entities]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lord Krsna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[material world]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[maya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[peace formula]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SB 1.11.33]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srimad Bhagavatam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[supreme predominator]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5731</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This is a combined post from my reading this morning, from the Srimad Bhagavatam 1.11.33 and Bhagavad-gita 5.29, wherein Srila Prabhupada is describing the factual formula for peace in this material world. Very interesting. &#8230;In the material world no one is permanently fortunate, however clever one may be. There have been so many big empires [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5731&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/raja-vidya.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/raja-vidya.jpg?w=535&#038;h=411" alt="Raja-vidya" width="535" height="411" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5732" /></a></p>
<p><em>This is a combined post from my reading this morning, from the Srimad Bhagavatam 1.11.33 and Bhagavad-gita 5.29, wherein Srila Prabhupada is describing the factual formula for peace in this material world. Very interesting.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;In the material world no one is permanently fortunate, however clever one may be. There have been so many big empires in different parts of the world, there have been so many powerful kings all over the world, and there have been so many fortunate men, but all of them have been liquidated gradually. This is the law of material nature. But spiritually it is different. The spiritual relation with the Lord is so enlivening and resourceful that no one can leave the company of the Lord, once having taken shelter of Him.</strong></em> (SB 1.11.33 purport)</p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;The conditioned souls within the clutches of illusory energy are all anxious to attain peace in the material world. But they do not know the formula for peace, which is explained in the Bhagavad-gītā. The greatest peace formula is simply this: Lord Kṛṣṇa is the beneficiary in all human activities. Men should offer everything to the transcendental service of the Lord because He is the proprietor of all planets and the demigods thereon. No one is greater than He&#8230;Under the spell of illusion, living entities are trying to be lords of all they survey, but actually they are dominated by the material energy of the Lord. The Lord is the master of material nature, and the conditioned souls are under the stringent rules of material nature. Unless one understands these bare facts, it is not possible to achieve peace in the world either individually or collectively. This is the sense of Kṛṣṇa consciousness: Lord Kṛṣṇa is the supreme predominator, and all living entities, including the great demigods, are His subordinates. One can attain perfect peace only in complete Kṛṣṇa consciousness.</strong></em>  (Bg 5.29 purport)</p>
<p>Full texts and purports  <span id="more-5731"></span></p>
<p><strong>Bhagavad-gita As It Is</strong>  1972 Edition<br />
By His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Chapter 5, Text 29</p>
<p><strong>bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ<br />
  sarva-loka-maheśvaram<br />
suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ<br />
  jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati </strong> </p>
<p>bhoktāram—beneficiary; yajña—sacrifices; tapasām—of penances and austerities; sarva-loka—all planets and the demigods thereof; maheśvaram—the Supreme Lord; suhṛdam—benefactor; sarva—all; bhūtānām—of the living entities; jñātvā—thus knowing; mām—Me (Lord Kṛṣṇa); śāntim—relief from material pangs; ṛcchati—achieves.  </p>
<p><strong>The sages, knowing Me as the ultimate purpose of all sacrifices and austerities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attain peace from the pangs of material miseries. </strong></p>
<p><strong>Purport  </strong><br />
The conditioned souls within the clutches of illusory energy are all anxious to attain peace in the material world. But they do not know the formula for peace, which is explained in this part of the Bhagavad-gītā. The greatest peace formula is simply this: Lord Kṛṣṇa is the beneficiary in all human activities. Men should offer everything to the transcendental service of the Lord because He is the proprietor of all planets and the demigods thereon. No one is greater than He. He is greater than the greatest of the demigods, Lord Śiva and Lord Brahmā. In the Vedas the Supreme Lord is described as tam īśvarāṇāṁ paramaṁ maheśvaram. Under the spell of illusion, living entities are trying to be lords of all they survey, but actually they are dominated by the material energy of the Lord. The Lord is the master of material nature, and the conditioned souls are under the stringent rules of material nature. Unless one understands these bare facts, it is not possible to achieve peace in the world either individually or collectively. This is the sense of Kssna consciousness: Lord Kṛṣṇa is the supreme predominator, and all living entities, including the great demigods, are His subordinates. One can attain perfect peace only in complete Kṛṣṇa consciousness.</p>
<p>  This Fifth Chapter is a practical explanation of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, generally known as karma-yoga. The question of mental speculation as to how karma-yoga can give liberation is answered herewith. To work in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is to work with the complete knowledge of the Lord as the predominator. Such work is not different from transcendental knowledge. Direct Kṛṣṇa consciousness is bhakti-yoga, and jñāna-yoga is a path leading to bhakti-yoga. Kṛṣṇa consciousness means to work in full knowledge of one&#8217;s relationship with the Supreme Absolute, and the perfection of this consciousness is full knowledge of Kṛṣṇa, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A pure soul is the eternal servant of God as His fragmental part and parcel. He comes into contact with māyā (illusion) due to the desire to lord it over māyā, and that is the cause of his many sufferings. As long as he is in contact with matter, he has to execute work in terms of material necessities. Kṛṣṇa consciousness, however, brings one into spiritual life even while one is within the jurisdiction of matter, for it is an arousing of spiritual existence by practice in the material world. The more one is advanced, the more he is freed from the clutches of matter. The Lord is not partial toward anyone. Everything depends on one&#8217;s practical performance of duties in an effort to control the senses and conquer the influence of desire and anger. And, attaining Kṛṣṇa consciousness by controlling the above-mentioned passions, one remains factually in the transcendental stage, or brahman-nirvāṇa. The eightfold yoga mysticism is automatically practiced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness because the ultimate purpose is served. There is gradual process of elevation in the practice of yama, niyama, āsana, pratyāhāra, dhyāna, dhāraṇā, prāṇāyāma, and samādhi. But these only preface perfection by devotional service, which alone can award peace to the human being. It is the highest perfection of life. </p>
<p>Srimad Bhagavatam<br />
By His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Canto One, Chapter 11, Text 33</p>
<p><strong>yadyapy asau pārśva-gato raho-gatas<br />
  tathāpi tasyāṅghri-yugaṁ navaṁ navam<br />
pade pade kā virameta tat-padāc<br />
  calāpi yac chrīr na jahāti karhicit </strong> </p>
<p>yadi—although; api—certainly; asau—He (Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa); pārśva-gataḥ—just by the side; rahaḥ-gataḥ—exclusively alone; tathāpi—still; tasya—His; aṅghri-yugam—the feet of the Lord; navam navam—newer and newer; pade—step; pade—in every step; kā—who; virameta—can be detached from; tat-padāt—from His feet; calāpi—moving; yat—whom; śrīḥ—the goddess of fortune; na—never; jahāti—quits; karhicit—at any time.  </p>
<p><strong>Although Lord Sri Kṛṣṇa was constantly by their sides, as well as exclusively alone, His feet appeared to them to be newer and newer. The goddess of fortune, although by nature always restless and moving, could not quit the Lord&#8217;s feet. So what woman can be detached from those feet, having once taken shelter of them? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Purport</strong><br />
Conditioned living beings are always after the favor of the goddess of fortune, although by nature she is moving from one place to another. In the material world no one is permanently fortunate, however clever one may be. There have been so many big empires in different parts of the world, there have been so many powerful kings all over the world, and there have been so many fortunate men, but all of them have been liquidated gradually. This is the law of material nature. But spiritually it is different. According to Brahma-saṁhitā, the Lord is served very respectfully by hundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune. They are always in a lonely place also with the Lord. But still the association of the Lord is so inspiringly newer and newer that they cannot quit the Lord for a moment, even though they are by nature very restless and are moving about. The spiritual relation with the Lord is so enlivening and resourceful that no one can leave the company of the Lord, once having taken shelter of Him. </p>
<p>The living beings are by constitution feminine by nature. The male or enjoyer is the Lord, and all manifestations of His different potencies are feminine by nature. In the Bhagavad-gītā, the living beings are designated as parā-prakṛti, or the superior potency. The material elements are aparā-prakṛti, or inferior potency. Such potencies are always employed for the satisfaction of the employer, or the enjoyer. The supreme enjoyer is the Lord Himself, as stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (5.29). The potencies, therefore, when engaged directly in the service of the Lord, revive the natural color, and thus there is no disparity in the relation of the potent and potency. </p>
<p>Generally people engaged in service are always seeking some post under the government or the supreme enjoyer of the state. Since the Lord is the supreme enjoyer of everything in or outside the universe, it is happiness to be employed by Him. Once engaged in the supreme governmental service of the Lord, no living being wishes to be relieved from the engagement. The highest perfection of human life is to seek some employment under the Lord&#8217;s supreme service. That will make one extremely happy. One need not seek the moving goddess of fortune without the relation of the Lord. </p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5731/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5731/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5731&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/30/the-formula-for-peace/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/raja-vidya.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Raja-vidya</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Everyone Can See God</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/28/everyone-can-see-god/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/28/everyone-can-see-god/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 28 Apr 2013 13:16:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Journey of Self-Discovery]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krsna Consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[everyone can see God]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[God]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[God consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gopal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Govinda]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krishna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[self discovery]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[self realization]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Journey of Self-Discovery]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vedic literature]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[yoga]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5729</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[&#8230;The first thing Kṛṣṇa is looking for is how eager you are to see Him. Kṛṣṇa will respond. If you are actually eager to see Kṛṣṇa, then it is sure your efforts will be successful. But you must desire Kṛṣṇa only. In this connection, Rūpa Gosvāmī has written a verse: “My dear friend, there is [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5729&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/gopal.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/gopal.jpg?w=535" alt="Gopal"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5622" /></a></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;The first thing Kṛṣṇa is looking for is how eager you are to see Him. Kṛṣṇa will respond. If you are actually eager to see Kṛṣṇa, then it is sure your efforts will be successful.</p>
<p>But you must desire Kṛṣṇa only. In this connection, Rūpa Gosvāmī has written a verse:</p>
<p>“My dear friend, there is one boy—His name is Govinda. He is standing on the bank of the Yamunā near the Keśi-ghāṭa, and He is playing on His flute. He is so beautiful, especially during this full-moon night. If you have any intentions to enjoy in this material world with your children, husband, or other family members, then please do not go there.”</p>
<p>The idea is that if you once see Kṛṣṇa, then you’ll forget all this nonsensical materialistic enjoyment. That is seeing Kṛṣṇa. </p>
<p>The gopīs are another example of great eagerness to see Kṛṣṇa. The gopīs came to Kṛṣṇa, being captivated by His beautiful features. They were young girls, and Kṛṣṇa was so beautiful. Actually they were lusty when they came to Kṛṣṇa, but Kṛṣṇa is so pure that they became first-class devotees. There is no comparison to the gopīs’ devotion, because they loved Kṛṣṇa with heart and soul. That is the qualification. They loved Kṛṣṇa so much that they didn’t care for family or reputation when they went out in the dead of night. Kṛṣṇa’s flute was sounding, and they were all fleeing their homes. Their fathers, their brothers, their husbands all said, “Where are you going? Where are you going in this dead of night?” But the gopīs didn’t care. They neglected their children, their family, everything. Their only thought was, “We must go to Kṛṣṇa.” </p>
<p>This eagerness is required. We must be very, very eager to see Kṛṣṇa.</strong></em></p>
<p><span id="more-5729"></span></p>
<p><strong>The Journey of Self-Discovery</strong><br />
By His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Excerpted from Chapter 2</p>
<p><strong>Everyone Can See God </strong></p>
<p>  The Vedic literature is unique among all the world’s scriptures because it details a practical process by which anyone can purify his or her consciousness and see God face to face. In this lecture, delivered in Los Angeles on August 15, 1972, Śrīla Prabhupāda explains, “One must actually be very eager to see God&#8230;. One must be very serious and think, ‘Yes, I have been informed about God. So if there is a God, I must see Him.’”  </p>
<p>tac chraddadhānā munayo<br />
jñāna-vairāgya-yuktayā<br />
paśyanty ātmani cātmānaṁ<br />
bhaktyā śruta-gṛhītayā </p>
<p>“The seriously inquisitive student or sage, well equipped with knowledge and detachment, realizes the Absolute Truth by rendering devotional service in terms of what he has heard from the Vedic literature, Vedānta-śruti.” [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 1.2.12] </p>
<p>People sometimes ask, “Have you seen God?” or “Can you show me God?” Sometimes we meet these questions. So the answer is “Yes, I am seeing God. You can also see God; everyone can see God. But you must have the qualification.” Suppose something is wrong with a motorcar; it is not running. Everyone is seeing it, but a mechanic sees it differently. He’s qualified to see it with greater understanding. So he replaces some missing part, and immediately the car runs. But although for seeing a machine we require so much qualification, we want to see God without any qualification. Just see the folly! People are such rascals, they are such fools, that they want to see God with their imagined qualifications.</p>
<p>Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā, nāhaṁ prakāśaḥ sarvasya yogamāyā-samāvṛtaḥ: [Bg. 7.25] “I am not exposed to everyone. My energy, yogamāyā, is covering Me from their vision.” So how can you see God? But this rascaldom is going on—this “Can you show me God?” “Have you seen God?” God has become just like a plaything, so that cheaters advertise some ordinary man by saying, “Here is God. Here is an incarnation of God.”  </p>
<p>Na māṁ duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ prapadyante narādhamāḥ [Bg. 7.15]. </p>
<p>Sinful rascals, fools, the lowest of mankind—they inquire like that: “Can you show me God?” What qualification have you acquired by which you can see God? Here is the qualification: tac chraddadhānā munayaḥ. One must first of all be faithful (śraddadhāna). One must actually be very much eager to see God. Not that one takes it as a frivolous thing—“Can you show me God?”—or as some magic. They think God is magic. No. One must be very serious and think, “Yes, I have been informed about God. So if there is a God, I must see Him.”  </p>
<p>There is a story in this connection. It is very instructive, so try to hear. One professional reciter was publicly reciting the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and he was describing that Kṛṣṇa is very highly decorated with all kinds of jewels when He goes to tend the cows in the forest. So, there was a thief in that meeting, and he thought, “Why not go to Vṛndāvana and plunder this boy? He’s in the forest with so many valuable jewels. I can go there and catch the child and take all the jewels.” This was his intention. So he was serious. “I must find that boy,” he thought. “Then in one night I shall become a millionaire.” </p>
<p>The thief’s qualification was his feeling: “I must see Kṛṣṇa! I must see Kṛṣṇa!” That anxiety, that eagerness, made it possible for him to actually see Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana. He saw Kṛṣṇa in just the same way as the Bhāgavatam reader had described. Then the thief said, “Oh, You are such a nice boy, Kṛṣṇa.” He began to flatter Him; he thought that by flattering Him he would easily take all the jewels. Then he proposed his real business: “May I take some of these ornaments? You are so rich.”  </p>
<p>“No, no, no,” said Kṛṣṇa. “My mother will be angry! I cannot give them away.” Kṛṣṇa was playing just like a child.  </p>
<p>So the thief became more and more eager for Kṛṣṇa to give Him the jewels, but by Kṛṣṇa’s association he was becoming purified. Then at last Kṛṣṇa said, “All right, you can take them.” Then the thief became a devotee immediately, because by Kṛṣṇa’s association he had been completely purified. So somehow or other you should come in contact with Kṛṣṇa. Then you’ll be purified.</p>
<p>The gopīs are another example of great eagerness to see Kṛṣṇa. The gopīs came to Kṛṣṇa, being captivated by His beautiful features. They were young girls, and Kṛṣṇa was so beautiful. Actually they were lusty when they came to Kṛṣṇa, but Kṛṣṇa is so pure that they became first-class devotees. There is no comparison to the gopīs’ devotion, because they loved Kṛṣṇa with heart and soul. That is the qualification. They loved Kṛṣṇa so much that they didn’t care for family or reputation when they went out in the dead of night. Kṛṣṇa’s flute was sounding, and they were all fleeing their homes. Their fathers, their brothers, their husbands all said, “Where are you going? Where are you going in this dead of night?” But the gopīs didn’t care. They neglected their children, their family, everything. Their only thought was, “We must go to Kṛṣṇa.” </p>
<p>This eagerness is required. We must be very, very eager to see Kṛṣṇa. Many gopīs who were forcibly stopped from going to Kṛṣṇa lost their lives because of their great feelings of separation. So this eagerness is wanted; then you can see God. Whether you are lusty or a thief or a murderer or whatever it may be—somehow or other you must develop this eagerness, this desire: “I must see Kṛṣṇa.” Then Kṛṣṇa will be seen. </p>
<p>The first thing Kṛṣṇa is looking for is how eager you are to see Him. Kṛṣṇa will respond. If you are actually eager to see Kṛṣṇa—whether you are lusty, or you want to steal His ornaments, or some way or other you have become attracted to Kṛṣṇa—then it is sure your efforts will be successful.</p>
<p>But you must desire Kṛṣṇa only. In this connection, Rūpa Gosvāmī has written a verse:</p>
<p>smerāṁ bhaṅgī-traya-paricitāṁ sāci-vistīrṇa-dṛṣṭiṁ<br />
vaṁśī-nyastādhara-kiśalayām ujjvalāṁ candrakeṇa<br />
govindākhyāṁ hari-tanum itaḥ keśi-tīrthopakaṇṭhe<br />
mā prekṣiṣṭhās tava yadi sakhe bandhu-saṅge ’sti raṅgaḥ </p>
<p>The idea is that one gopī is advising another gopī, “My dear friend, there is one boy—His name is Govinda. He is standing on the bank of the Yamunā near the Keśi-ghāṭa, and He is playing on His flute. He is so beautiful, especially during this full-moon night. If you have any intentions to enjoy in this material world with your children, husband, or other family members, then please do not go there.” Bhaṅgī-traya: Kṛṣṇa always stands in a three-curved way with His flute. That is Kṛṣṇa’s tri-bhaṅga form, bending in three places. So the one gopī says to the other, “If you think that you’ll enjoy your life more in this material world, then do not go to see Kṛṣṇa. Do not go there.” The idea is that if you once see Kṛṣṇa, then you’ll forget all this nonsensical materialistic enjoyment. That is seeing Kṛṣṇa. </p>
<p>When Dhruva Mahārāja saw Kṛṣṇa, he said, svāmin kṛtārtho ’smi varaṁ na yāce: “My dear Lord, I don’t want anything else.” Dhruva Mahārāja went to see Kṛṣṇa to get the kingdom of his father, and when he saw Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa offered, “Now, whatever benediction you want, you take.” Dhruva said, “My dear Lord, I no longer have any desire.” That is seeing Kṛṣṇa. </p>
<p>So, if you’re eager to see Kṛṣṇa, regardless of whatever motive you have, somehow or other, due to your eagerness, you’ll see Kṛṣṇa. That is the only qualification. </p>
<p>In another verse, Rūpa Gosvāmī says, kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā matiḥ krīyatāṁ yadi kuto ’pi labhyate. (I have translated the words Kṛṣṇa consciousness from kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā.) So here Rūpa Gosvāmī advises, “If Kṛṣṇa consciousness is available, please purchase it immediately. Don’t delay. It is a very nice thing.” </p>
<p>Yes, Kṛṣṇa consciousness is available. You can purchase it from this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. But what is the price? It is such a nice thing, but you have to pay the price. What is that? Tatra laulyam api mūlyam ekalam: Simply your eagerness. That is the price. You have to pay this price. Then you get Kṛṣṇa, immediately. Kṛṣṇa is not poor, and the Kṛṣṇa-seller—the Kṛṣṇa devotee—he’s also not poor. He can distribute Kṛṣṇa free. And he’s doing that. You simply have to purchase Him by your eagerness. </p>
<p>Someone may say, “Oh, eagerness? I have eagerness.” Ah-h-h&#8230; but it is not so easy. Janma-koṭi-sukṛtair na labhyate: This eagerness cannot be achieved even by executing pious activities for millions of births. If you simply go on performing pious activities, still this eagerness is not available.</p>
<p>So, this eagerness is a very important thing, but it can be awakened only by the association of devotees. Therefore we are giving everyone a chance to invoke that eagerness; then you’ll see God, face to face. </p>
<p>This life is meant for seeing Kṛṣṇa. It is not meant for becoming dogs and hogs. Unfortunately, the whole modern civilization is training people to become dogs and hogs. It is only this institution—this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement—that is teaching people how to see Kṛṣṇa. It is so important. </p>
<p>Tac chraddadhānā munayo jñāna-vairāgya-yuktayā [SB 1.2.12].</p>
<p>By eagerness, you’ll automatically be enriched with knowledge and detachment. Knowledge does not mean “Now we have discovered this atomic bomb.” That is not knowledge. What knowledge is that? People are already dying, and you have discovered something that will accelerate death. But we are giving knowledge to stop death. That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness; that is knowledge. Jñāna-vairāgya-yuktayā. And as soon as you get this knowledge, automatically you become detached from all this nonsensical materialistic happiness.  </p>
<p>Thank you very much. </p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5729/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5729/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5729&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/28/everyone-can-see-god/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/gopal.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Gopal</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Book Distributors Wanted</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/27/book-distributors-wanted/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/27/book-distributors-wanted/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 28 Apr 2013 00:45:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bhagavad-gita]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Book Distribution]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Books by Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[1972 Edition]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Ptabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[as it is]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[bhagavad-gita]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[book distributors]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[books by the case]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[online store]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prtabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[The Hare Krishna Movement]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wholesale books]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5724</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By them by the case!!! Book Distributors can buy a Case of the original 1972 Classic Edition of the Bhagavad-gita As It Is at a special reduced rate! Only $82.00 per case plus shipping, for a limited time offer. click on link to visit online store The Hare Krishna Movement Case of the Original &#8220;Classic&#8221; [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5724&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/bhagavad-gita-as-it-is-by-his-divine-grace-a-c-bhaktivedanta-swami-prabhupada.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/bhagavad-gita-as-it-is-by-his-divine-grace-a-c-bhaktivedanta-swami-prabhupada.jpg?w=535" alt="Bhagavad-gita As It Is by His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5725" /></a></p>
<p><strong>By them by the case!!!</strong></p>
<p>Book Distributors can buy a Case of the original 1972 Classic Edition of the Bhagavad-gita As It Is at a special reduced rate!  Only $82.00 per case plus shipping, for a limited time offer.</p>
<p>click on link to visit online store  <a href="http://www.theharekrishnamovement.com/product/BGH20" target="_blank">The Hare Krishna Movement</a></p>
<p><span id="more-5724"></span></p>
<p><strong>Case of the Original &#8220;Classic&#8221; 1972 Edition Bhagavad-gita &#8220;As It Is&#8221;</strong><br />
by His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
In High Quality Hard Bound Cover.</p>
<p>This is the compact , Complete Edition of Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s 1972 Macmillan edition. This edition is the most widely read Gita in the world. Written by His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, who is the world&#8217;s foremost Vedic scholar and teacher. He represents an unbroken chain of fully self-realized spiritual masters beginning with Lord Krsna Himself. Thus, unlike other editions of the Gita, his edition conveys Lord Krsna&#8217;s profound message as it is-without the slightest taint of adulteration or personally motivated change. Replete with sixteen full-color plates, this new edition is certain to stimulate and enlighten any reader with its ancient yet thoroughly timely teachings.</p>
<p>Bhagavad-gita is universally renowned as the jewel of India&#8217;s spiritual wisdom. Spoken by Lord Sri Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to His intimate devotee Arjuna, the Gita&#8217;s seven hundred concise verses provide a definitive guide to the science of self-realization. Indeed, no work even compares in its revelations of man&#8217;s essential nature, his environment and, ultimately, his relationship with God.</p>
<p>Special Features<br />
• Original Sanskrit Text<br />
• English transliterations for each Sanskrit word<br />
• Elaborate commentary<br />
• Complete glossary<br />
• Complete verse index<br />
• High readability<br />
• Profuse full-color illustrations</p>
<p>Original 1972 Complete edition. With translations and elaborate purports by His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada.<br />
Hard-cover, 981 pages, 48 color plates. 5&#8243; x 7.5&#8243;<br />
20 Books per case!</p>
<p>click on link to visit online store  <a href="http://www.theharekrishnamovement.com/product/BGH20" target="_blank">The Hare Krishna Movement</a></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5724/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5724/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5724&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/27/book-distributors-wanted/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/bhagavad-gita-as-it-is-by-his-divine-grace-a-c-bhaktivedanta-swami-prabhupada.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Bhagavad-gita As It Is by His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Concluding Words from Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/27/concluding-words-from-sri-caitanya-caritam%e1%b9%9bta/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/27/concluding-words-from-sri-caitanya-caritam%e1%b9%9bta/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 27 Apr 2013 12:59:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Thakura]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Books by Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Caaitanya-caritamrta]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Caitanya-Caritamrta]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bhaktisiddanta Sarasvati]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Caitanya Caritamrta]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jayadvaita das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nitai das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pradyumna das]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Caitanya-caritamrta]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5720</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[For some reason I love reading the Concluding Words of the Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, and find myself reading it again and again. The printing of this English translation is historically, a miraculous achievement, and yet reading Srila Prbhupada&#8217;s words and hearing the depth of his humility, is awe inspiring. He gives thanks to his American disciples, [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5720&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/sri-caitanya-caritamrta-books.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/sri-caitanya-caritamrta-books.jpg?w=535" alt="Sri Caitanya-caritamrta books"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5721" /></a></p>
<p><em>For some reason I love reading the Concluding Words of the Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, and find myself reading it again and again.  The printing of this English translation is historically, a miraculous achievement, and yet reading Srila Prbhupada&#8217;s words and hearing the depth of his humility, is awe inspiring.  He gives thanks to his American disciples, and to His Spiritual Master His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura with the following words:</em></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;I think that His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura is always seeing my activities and guiding me within my heart by his words. As it is said in Śrīmad Bhāgavatam, tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye. Spiritual inspiration comes from within the heart, wherein the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His Paramātmā feature, is always sitting with all His devotees and associates. It is to be admitted that whatever translation work I have done is through the inspiration of my spiritual master because personally I am most insignificant and incompetent to do this materially impossible work. I do not think myself a very learned scholar, but I have full faith in the service of my spiritual master, His Divine Grace Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhakura. If there is any credit to my activities of translating, it is all due to His Divine Grace. Certainly if His Divine Grace were personally present at this time, it would have been a great occasion for jubiliation, but even though he is not physically present, I am confident that he is very pleased by this work of translation. He was very fond of seeing many books published to spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Therefore our society, the International Society for Kṛṣṇa Consciousness, has formed to execute the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His Divine Grace Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhakura.</strong></em></p>
<p><em>Although Srila Prabhupada gives all credit to his spiritual master, we give all credit to him.  All Glories to Srila Prabhupada!</em></p>
<p>Full text  <span id="more-5720"></span></p>
<p><strong>Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta</strong> 1975 Edition<br />
By His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda</p>
<p><strong>Concluding Words</strong></p>
<p>Today, Sunday, November 10, 1974-corresponding to the 10th of Kārtikka, Caitanya Era 488, the eleventh day of the dark fortnight, the Rāma-ekādaśī-we have now finished the English translation of Śrī Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī’s Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta in accordance with the authorised order of His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākur Gosvāmī Mahārāja, my beloved eternal spiritual master, guide and friend. Although according to material vision His Divine Grace Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura Prabhupāda passed away from this material world on the last day of December, 1936, I still consider His Divine Grace to be always present with me by his vāṇī, his words. There are two ways of association-by vāṇī and by vapu. Vāṇī means words, and vapu means physical presence. Physical presence is sometimes appreciable and sometimes not, but vāṇī continues to exist eternally. Therefore we must take advantage of the vāṇī, not the physical presence. Bhagavad-gītā, for example, is the vāṇī of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Although Kṛṣṇa was personally present five thousand years ago and is no longer physically present from the materialistic point of view, Bhagavad-gītā continues.</p>
<p>In this connection we may call to memory the time when I was fortunate enough to meet His Divine Grace Śrīla Prabhupāda, sometime in the year 1922. Śrīla Prabhupāda had come from Calcutta to Śrīdhama Māyāpur to start the missionary activities of the Gauḍīya Maṭha. He was sitting in a house at Ulta Danga when through the inducement of an intimate friend, the late Śrīman Narendranātha Mallika, I had the opportunity to meet His Divine Grace for the first time. I do not remember the actual date of the meeting, but at that time I was one of the managers of Dr. Bose’s laboratory in Calcutta. I was a newly married young man, addicted to Gandhi’s movement and dressed in khadi. Fortunately, even at our first meeting, His Divine Grace advised me to preach the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in English in the Western countries. Because at that time I was a complete nationalist, a follower of Mahātma Gandhi’s, I submitted to His Divine Grace that unless our country were freed from foreign subjugation, no one would hear the message of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu seriously. Of course, we had some argument on this subject, but at last I was defeated and convinced that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s message is the only panacea for suffering humanity. I was also convinced that the message of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was then in the hands of a very expert devotee and that surely the message of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would spread all over the world. I could not, however, immediately take up his instructions to preach, but I took his words very seriously and was always thinking of how to execute his order, although I was quite unfit to do so.</p>
<p>In this way I passed my life as a householder until 1950, when I retired from family life as a vānaprastha. With no companion, I loitered here and there until 1959, when I took sannyāsa. Then I was completely ready to discharge the order of my spiritual master. Previously, in 1936, just before His Divine Grace passed away at Jagannātha Purī, I wrote him a letter asking what I could do to serve him. In reply, he wrote me a letter, dated 13 December 1936, ordering me, in the same way, to preach in English the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu as I had heard it from him.</p>
<p>After he passed away, I started the fortnightly magazine Back to Godhead sometime in 1944 and tried to spread the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu through this magazine. After I took sannyāsa, a well-wishing friend suggested that I write books instead of magazines. Magazines, he said, might be thrown away, but books remain perpetually. Then I attempted to write Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Before that, when I was a householder, I had written on Śrīmad Bhagavad-gītā and had completed about eleven hundred pages, but somehow or other the manuscript was stolen. In any case, when I had published Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, First Canto, in three volumes in India, I thought of going to the U.S.A. By the mercy of His Divine Grace, I was able to come to New York on September 17, 1965. Since then, I have translated many books, including Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu, Teachings of Lord Caitanya (a summary) and many others.</p>
<p>In the meantime, I was induced to translate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta and publish it in an elaborate version. In his leisure time in later life, His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhakura would simply read Caitanya-caritāmṛta. It was his favorite book. He used to say that there would be a time when the foreigners would learn the Bengali langage to read Caitanya-caritāmṛta. The work on this translation began about eighteen months ago. Now, by the grace of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and his Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhakura, it is finished. In this connection I have to thank my American disciples, especially Śrīman Pradyumna dāsa Adhikārī, Śrīman Nitāi dāsa Adhikārī, Śrīman Jayādvaita dāsa Brahmacārī and many other boys and girls who are sincerely helping me in writing, editing and publishing all these literatures.</p>
<p>I think that His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura is always seeing my activities and guiding me within my heart by his words. As it is said in Śrīmad Bhāgavatam, tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye. Spiritual inspiration comes from within the heart, wherein the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in His Paramātmā feature, is always sitting with all His devotees and associates. It is to be admitted that whatever translation work I have done is through the inspiration of my spiritual master because personally I am most insignificant and incompetent to do this materially impossible work. I do not think myself a very learned scholar, but I have full faith in the service of my spiritual master, His Divine Grace Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhakura. If there is any credit to my activities of translating, it is all due to His Divine Grace. Certainly if His Divine Grace were personally present at this time, it would have been a great occasion for jubiliation, but even though he is not physically present, I am confident that he is very pleased by this work of translation. He was very fond of seeing many books published to spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Therefore our society, the International Society for Kṛṣṇa Consciousness, has formed to execute the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His Divine Grace Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhakura.</p>
<p>It is my wish that devotees of Lord Caitanya all over the world enjoy this translation, and I am glad to express my gratitude to the learned men in the Western countries who are so pleased with my work that they are ordering in advance all my books that will be published in the future. On this occasion therefore, I request my disciples who are determined to help me in this work to continue their cooperation fully, so that philosophers, scholars, religionists and people in general all over the world will benefit by reading our transcendental literatures such as Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta.</p>
<p><em><strong>Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, dated November 10, 1974, at the Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, Hare Kṛṣṇa Land, Juhu, Bombay.</strong></em></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5720/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5720/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5720&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/27/concluding-words-from-sri-caitanya-caritam%e1%b9%9bta/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/sri-caitanya-caritamrta-books.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Sri Caitanya-caritamrta books</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa Are the Essence of All Nectar</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/26/the-pastimes-of-lord-k%e1%b9%9b%e1%b9%a3%e1%b9%87a-are-the-essence-of-all-nectar/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/26/the-pastimes-of-lord-k%e1%b9%9b%e1%b9%a3%e1%b9%87a-are-the-essence-of-all-nectar/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2013 19:37:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krishna Consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Radha Krishna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Caitanya-Caritamrta]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krishna consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[krsna consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Narotamma dasa thakura]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pastimes of Lord Krsna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[radha-krsna nahe anya]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[servant of the servant]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[six goswami's]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Caitanya-caritamrta]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Krsna Caitanya]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5717</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[&#8230;The essence of spiritual knowledge is found in the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which are identical with the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. This is the essence of knowledge. If knowledge does not include the understanding of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa, it is simply superfluous. By Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#8217;s grace, the nectar of Lord [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5717&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krsna-and-radharani.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krsna-and-radharani.jpg?w=535" alt="Krsna and Radharani"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5718" /></a></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;The essence of spiritual knowledge is found in the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which are identical with the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. This is the essence of knowledge. If knowledge does not include the understanding of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa, it is simply superfluous. By Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#8217;s grace, the nectar of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s pastimes is flowing in different directions in hundreds and thousands of rivers. One should not think that the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are different from Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s pastimes. It is said: śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya, rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya. Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is a combination of Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, and without understanding His pastimes, one cannot understand Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore sings: rūpa-raghunātha-pade haibe ākuti kabe hāma bujhaba se yugala pirīti. &#8220;When shall I become very eager to study the books left by the six Gosvāmīs? Then I shall be able to understand the conjugal pastimes of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.&#8221;</strong> (Purport Madha-lila 25.271)</em></p>
<p>Full text and purport  <span id="more-5717"></span></p>
<p><strong>Sri Caitanya-caritamrta</strong> 1975 Edition<br />
By His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Madhya-lil, Chapter 25,Text 271  </p>
<p><strong>kṛṣṇa-līlā amṛta-sāra, tāra śata śata dhāra,<br />
  daśa-dike vahe yāhā haite<br />
se caitanya-līlā haya, sarovara akṣaya,<br />
  mano-haṁsa carāha&#8217; tāhāte  </strong></p>
<p> kṛṣṇa-līlā amṛta-sāra—the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are the essence of all eternal bliss; tāra śata śata dhāra—the flow of that eternal bliss is running in hundreds of branches; daśa-dike—in all the ten directions; vahe—flows; yāhā haite—from which; se—those; caitanya-līlā—pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; haya—are; sarovara akṣaya—a transcendental eternal lake; manaḥ-haṁsa—my mind, which is like a swan; carāha&#8217;-please wander; tāhāte—in that lake.</p>
<p>  <strong>The pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are the essence of all nectar. They flow in hundreds of rivulets and in all directions. The pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are an eternal reservoir, and one is advised to let his mind swim like a swan on this transcendental lake.</strong>  </p>
<p>Purport<br />
The essence of spiritual knowledge is found in the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which are identical with the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. This is the essence of knowledge. If knowledge does not include the understanding of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa, it is simply superfluous. By Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#8217;s grace, the nectar of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s pastimes is flowing in different directions in hundreds and thousands of rivers. One should not think that the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are different from Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s pastimes. It is said: śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya, rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya. Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is a combination of Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, and without understanding His pastimes, one cannot understand Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore sings: rūpa-raghunātha-pade haibe ākuti kabe hāma bujhaba se yugala pirīti. &#8220;When shall I become very eager to study the books left by the six Gosvāmīs? Then I shall be able to understand the conjugal pastimes of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.&#8221; Caitanya Mahāprabhu directly empowered Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī. Following in their footsteps, the other six Gosvāmīs understood Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His mission. One should understand Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya and Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa from the Gosvāmīs in the paramparā system. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is following as strictly as possible in the footsteps of the Gosvāmīs. Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura says, ei chaya gosāñi yāra, mui tāra dāsa: &#8220;I am the servant of the six Gosvāmīs.&#8221; The philosophy of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is to become the servant of the servant of the servant of the Lord. Whoever wants to understand the difficult subject matter of kṛṣṇa-kathā should accept the disciplic succession. If one is somehow or other able to understand Kṛṣṇa, his life will be successful. Tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti so &#8216;rjuna. A perfect devotee is able to understand Kṛṣṇa through the disciplic succession, and his entrance into the kingdom of God is thereby certainly opened. When one understands Kṛṣṇa, there is no difficulty in transferring oneself to the spiritual kingdom. </p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5717/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5717/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5717&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/26/the-pastimes-of-lord-k%e1%b9%9b%e1%b9%a3%e1%b9%87a-are-the-essence-of-all-nectar/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krsna-and-radharani.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Krsna and Radharani</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Lord Balarama Rasayatra &amp;  Sri Krishna Vasanta Rasa</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/25/lord-balarama-rasayatra-sri-krishna-vasanta-rasa/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/25/lord-balarama-rasayatra-sri-krishna-vasanta-rasa/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2013 05:40:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Balarama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Festivals]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[KRSNA The Supreme Personality of Godhead]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[full moon]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[gopis of vrndavan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[krishna's springtime rasa-lila]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krsna Book]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lord Balarama]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lord Balarama Rasayatra]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lord Balarama Visits Vrndavana]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Krishna Vasanta Rasa]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Vaisakha]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5713</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[click on image to enlarge Today the Vaisnava Calender marks two auspicious occasions; Sri Krishna Vasanta Rasa (Lord Krishna&#8217;s Springtime Rasa-lila), and also Lord Balarama Rasayatra (Balarama&#8217;s rasa dance with the gopis of Vrndavan). In honor we post a very nice chapter from Krsna Book entitled &#8220;Lord Balarāma Visits Vṛndāvana&#8221;. &#8230;Lord Balarāma could, of course, [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5713&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/rasa-lila.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/rasa-lila.jpg?w=535&#038;h=367" alt="Rasa lila" width="535" height="367" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5714" /></a></p>
<p><em>click on image to enlarge</em></p>
<p><em>Today the Vaisnava Calender marks two auspicious occasions; Sri Krishna Vasanta Rasa (Lord Krishna&#8217;s Springtime Rasa-lila), and also Lord Balarama Rasayatra (Balarama&#8217;s rasa dance with the gopis of Vrndavan).  In honor we post a very nice chapter from Krsna Book entitled &#8220;Lord Balarāma Visits Vṛndāvana&#8221;.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;Lord Balarāma could, of course, understand the ecstatic feelings of the gopīs, and therefore He wanted to pacify them. He was expert in presenting an appeal, and thus, treating the gopīs very respectfully, He began to narrate the stories of Kṛṣṇa so tactfully that the gopīs became satisfied. In order to keep the gopīs in Vṛndāvana satisfied, Lord Balarāma stayed there continually for two months, namely the months of Caitra (March-April) and Vaiśākha (April-May). For those two months He kept Himself among the gopīs, and He passed every night with them in the forest of Vṛndāvana in order to satisfy their desire for conjugal love. Thus Balarāma also enjoyed the rāsa dance with the gopīs during those two months. Since the season was springtime, the breeze on the bank of the Yamunā was blowing very mildly, carrying the aroma of different flowers, especially of the flower known as kaumudī. Moonlight filled the sky and spread everywhere, and thus the banks of the Yamunā appeared to be very bright and pleasing, and Lord Balarāma enjoyed the company of the gopīs there.</strong></em></p>
<p>Full Chapter  <span id="more-5713"></span></p>
<p><strong>Kṛṣṇa, The Supreme Personality of Godhead</strong><br />
By His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Vol. 2, Chapter 10</p>
<p><strong>Lord Balarāma Visits Vṛndāvana</strong></p>
<p>Lord Balarāma became very anxious to see His father and mother, Mahārāja Nanda and Yaśodā. Therefore He started for Vṛndāvana on a chariot with great enthusiasm. The inhabitants of Vṛndāvana had been anxious to see Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma for a very long time. When Lord Balarāma returned to Vṛndāvana, all the cowherd boys and the gopīs had grown up; but still, on His arrival, they all embraced Him, and Balarāma embraced them in reciprocation. After this He came before Mahārāja Nanda and Yaśodā and offered His respectful obeisances unto them. In response, mother Yaśodā and Nanda Mahārāja offered their blessings unto Him. They addressed Him as Jagadīśvara, or the Lord of the universe who maintains everyone. The reason for this was that both Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma maintain all living entities, and yet Nanda and Yaśodā were put into such difficulties on account of Their absence. Feeling like this, they embraced Balarāma and, seating Him on their laps, began their perpetual crying, wetting Balarāma with their tears. Lord Balarāma then offered His respectful obeisances to the elderly cowherd men and accepted the obeisances of the younger cowherd men. Thus, according to their different ages and relationships, Lord Balarāma exchanged feelings of friendship with them. He shook hands with those who were His equals in age and friendship, and with loud laughing embraced each one of them.</p>
<p>After being received by the cowherd men and boys, the gopīs, and King Nanda and Yaśodā, Lord Balarāma sat down, feeling satisfied, and they all surrounded Him. First Lord Balarāma inquired from them about their welfare, and then, not having seen Him for such a long time, they began to ask Him different questions. The inhabitants of Vṛndāvana had sacrificed everything for Kṛṣṇa, simply being captivated by the lotus eyes of the Lord. Because of their great desire to love Kṛṣṇa, they never desired anything like elevation to the heavenly planets or merging into the effulgence of Brahman to become one with the Absolute Truth. They were not even interested in enjoying a life of opulence, but were satisfied in living a simple life in the village as cowherd men. They were always absorbed in thoughts of Kṛṣṇa and did not desire any personal benefits, and they were all so much in love with Him that in His absence their voices faltered when they began to inquire from Balarāmajī.</p>
<p>First Nanda Mahārāja and Yaśodāmayī inquired, &#8220;My dear Balarāma, are our friends like Vasudeva and others in the family doing well? Now You and Kṛṣṇa are grown-up married men with children. In the happiness of family life, do You sometimes remember Your poor father and mother, Nanda Mahārāja and Yaśodādevī? It is very good news that the most sinful King Kaṁsa has been killed by You and that our friends like Vasudeva and the others who had been harassed by him, have now been relieved. It is also very good news that both You and Kṛṣṇa defeated Jarāsandha and Kālayavana, who now is dead, and that You are now living in a fortified residence in Dvārakā.&#8221;</p>
<p>When the gopīs arrived, Lord Balarāma glanced over them with loving eyes. Being overjoyed, the gopīs, who had so long been mortified on account of Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s and Balarāma&#8217;s absence, began to ask about the welfare of the two brothers. They specifically asked Balarāma whether Kṛṣṇa was enjoying His life surrounded by the enlightened women of Dvārakā Purī. &#8220;Does He sometimes remember His father Nanda and His mother Yaśodā and the other friends with whom He so intimately behaved while he was in Vṛndāvana? Does Kṛṣṇa have any plans to come here to see His mother Yaśodā and does He remember us gopīs who are now pitiably bereft of His company? Kṛṣṇa might have forgotten us in the midst of the cultured women of Dvārakā, but as far as we are concerned, we are still remembering Him by collecting flowers and sewing them into garlands. When He does not come, however, we simply pass our time by crying. If only He would come here and accept these garlands that we have made. Dear Lord Balarāma, descendant of Daśārha, You know that we would give up everything for Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s friendship. Even in great distress one cannot give up the connection of family members, but although it might be impossible for others, we gave up our fathers, mothers, sisters and relatives without caring at all about our renunciation. Then, all of a sudden, Kṛṣṇa renounced us and went away. He broke off our intimate relationship without any serious consideration and left for a foreign country. But He was so clever and cunning that He manufactured very nice words. He said, &#8216;My dear gopīs, please do not worry. The service you have rendered Me is impossible for Me to repay.&#8217; After all, we are women, so how could we disbelieve Him? Now we can understand that His sweet words were simply for cheating us.&#8221;</p>
<p>Another gopī, protesting Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s absence from Vṛndāvana, began to say: &#8220;My dear Balarāmajī, we are of course village girls, so Kṛṣṇa could cheat us in that way, but what about the women of Dvārakā? Don&#8217;t think they are as foolish as we are! We village women might be misled by Kṛṣṇa, but the women in the city of Dvārakā are very clever and intelligent. Therefore I would be surprised if such city women could be misled by Kṛṣṇa and could believe His words.&#8221;</p>
<p>Then another gopī began to speak. &#8220;My dear friend,&#8221; she said, &#8220;Kṛṣṇa is very clever in using words. No one can compete with Him in that art. He can manufacture such colorful words and talk so sweetly that the heart of any woman would be misled. Besides that, He has perfected the art of smiling very attractively, and by seeing His smile women become mad after Him and would give themselves to Him without any hesitation.&#8221;</p>
<p>Another gopī, after hearing this, said, &#8220;My dear friends, what is the use in talking about Kṛṣṇa? If you are at all interested in passing away time by talking, let us talk on some subject other than Him. If cruel Kṛṣṇa can pass His time without us, why can&#8217;t we pass our time without Kṛṣṇa? Of course, Kṛṣṇa is passing His days very happily without us, but the difference is that we cannot pass our days very happily without Him.&#8221;</p>
<p>When the gopīs were talking in this way, their feelings for Kṛṣṇa became more and more intensified, and they were experiencing Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s smiling, Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s words of love, Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s attractive features, Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s characteristics and Kṛṣṇa&#8217;s embraces. By the force of their ecstatic feelings, it appeared to them that Kṛṣṇa was personally present and dancing before them. Because of their sweet remembrance of Kṛṣṇa, they could not check their tears, and they began to cry without consideration.</p>
<p>Lord Balarāma could, of course, understand the ecstatic feelings of the gopīs, and therefore He wanted to pacify them. He was expert in presenting an appeal, and thus, treating the gopīs very respectfully, He began to narrate the stories of Kṛṣṇa so tactfully that the gopīs became satisfied. In order to keep the gopīs in Vṛndāvana satisfied, Lord Balarāma stayed there continually for two months, namely the months of Caitra (March-April) and Vaiśākha (April-May). For those two months He kept Himself among the gopīs, and He passed every night with them in the forest of Vṛndāvana in order to satisfy their desire for conjugal love. Thus Balarāma also enjoyed the rāsa dance with the gopīs during those two months. Since the season was springtime, the breeze on the bank of the Yamunā was blowing very mildly, carrying the aroma of different flowers, especially of the flower known as kaumudī. Moonlight filled the sky and spread everywhere, and thus the banks of the Yamunā appeared to be very bright and pleasing, and Lord Balarāma enjoyed the company of the gopīs there.</p>
<p><strong><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/balarama_rasayatra1.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/balarama_rasayatra1.jpg?w=535" alt="" title="Balarama Rasayatra"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1542" /></a></strong></p>
<p>The demigod known as Varuṇa sent his daughter Vāruṇī in the form of liquid honey oozing from the hollows of the trees. Because of this honey the whole forest became aromatic, and the sweet aroma of the liquid honey, Vāruṇī, captivated Balarāmajī. Balarāmajī and all the gopīs became very much attracted by the taste of Vāruṇī, and all of them drank it together. While drinking this natural beverage, Vāruṇī, all the gopīs chanted the glories of Lord Balarāma, and Lord Balarāma felt very happy, as if He had become intoxicated by drinking that Vāruṇī beverage. His eyes rolled in a pleasing attitude. He was decorated with long garlands of forest flowers, and the whole situation appeared to be a great function of happiness because of this transcendental bliss. Lord Balarāma smiled beautifully, and the drops of perspiration decorating His face appeared to be soothing morning dew.</p>
<p>While Balarāma was in that happy mood, He desired to enjoy the company of the gopīs in the water of the Yamunā. Therefore He called Yamunā to come nearby. But Yamunā neglected the order of Balarāmajī, considering Him to be intoxicated. Lord Balarāma became very much displeased at Yamunā&#8217;s neglecting His order. He immediately wanted to scratch the land near the river with His plowshare. Lord Balarāma has two weapons, a plow and a club, and He takes service from them when they are required. This time He wanted to bring the Yamunā by force, and He took the help of His plow. He wanted to punish Yamunā because she did not come in obedience to His order. He addressed Yamunā: &#8220;You wretched river! You did not care for My order. Now I shall teach you a lesson! You did not come to Me voluntarily. Now with the help of My plow I shall force you to come. I shall divide you into hundreds of scattered streams!&#8221;</p>
<p>When Yamunā was threatened like this, she became greatly afraid of the power of Balarāma and immediately came in person, falling at His lotus feet and praying thus: &#8220;My dear Balarāma, You are the most powerful personality, and You are pleasing to everyone. Unfortunately, I forgot Your glorious, exalted position, but now I have come to my senses, and I remember that You hold all the planetary systems on Your head merely by Your partial expansion of Śeṣa. You are the sustainer of the whole universe. My dear Supreme Personality of Godhead, You are full of six opulences. Because I forgot Your omnipotence, I have mistakenly disobeyed Your order, and thus I have become a great offender. But, my dear Lord, please know that I am a surrendered soul unto You. You are very much affectionate to Your devotees. Therefore please excuse my impudence and mistakes and, by Your causeless mercy, may You now release me.&#8221;</p>
<p>Upon displaying this submissive attitude, Yamunā was forgiven, and when she came nearby, Lord Balarāma wanted to enjoy the pleasure of swimming within her water along with the gopīs in the same way an elephant enjoys himself along with his many she-elephants. After a long time, when Lord Balarāma had enjoyed to His full satisfaction, He came out of the water, and immediately a goddess of fortune offered Him a nice blue garment and a valuable necklace made of gold. After taking bath in the Yamunā, Lord Balarāma, dressed in blue garments and decorated with golden ornaments, looked very attractive to everyone. Lord Balarāma&#8217;s complexion is white, and when He was properly dressed He looked exactly like the white elephant of King Indra in the heavenly planet. The Rver Yamunā still has many small branches due to being scratched by the plowshare of Lord Balarāma. And all these branches of the River Yamunā still glorify the omnipotency of Lord Balarāma.</p>
<p>Lord Balarāma and the gopīs enjoyed transcendental pastimes together every night for two months, and time passed away so quickly that all those nights appeared to be only one night. In the presence of Lord Balarāma, all the gopīs and inhabitants of Vṛndāvana became as cheerful as they had been before in the presence of both brothers, Lord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Balarāma.</p>
<p><em><strong>Thus ends the Bhaktivedanta purport of the Second Volume, Tenth Chapter, of Kṛṣṇa, &#8220;Lord Balarāma Visits Vṛndāvana.&#8221;</strong></em></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5713/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5713/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5713&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/25/lord-balarama-rasayatra-sri-krishna-vasanta-rasa/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/rasa-lila.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Rasa lila</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/balarama_rasayatra1.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Balarama Rasayatra</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Elevation at Death</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/24/elevation-at-death/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/24/elevation-at-death/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2013 12:07:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Beyond Birth & Death]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krsna Consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[bhakti yogis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[death]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dhyana yogis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[dying]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Elevation at Death]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[eternal life]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hatha yogis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[life after death]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[to link up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[yoga]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[yogis]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5709</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[*click on image to enlarge This is a continuation (chapter 2) from the small book, &#8220;Beyond Birth and Death&#8221;, by Srila Prabhupada. Personally, I like these small books, as so much of the philosophy of Krishna Consciousness is contained in them, in a very readable format. For a Free pdf download of entire book; follow [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5709&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/changing-bodies.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/changing-bodies.jpg?w=535&#038;h=242" alt="Back to Godhead - Volume 10, Number 09 - 1975" width="535" height="242" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5710" /></a></p>
<p><em>*click on image to enlarge</em></p>
<p><em>This is a continuation (chapter 2) from the small book, &#8220;Beyond Birth and Death&#8221;, by Srila Prabhupada. Personally, I like these small books, as so much of the philosophy of Krishna Consciousness is contained in them, in a very readable format.  For a Free pdf download of entire book; follow link at bottom of post.  Hare Krishna!</em></p>
<p><strong>Beyond Birth and Death</strong><br />
By His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda<br />
Chapter Two</p>
<p><strong>Elevation at Death</strong></p>
<p>There are different kinds of transcendentalists who are called yogīs—haṭha-yogīs, jñāna-yogīs, dhyāna-yogīs, and bhakti-yogīs—and all of them are eligible to be transferred to the spiritual world. The word yoga means “to link up,” and the yoga systems are meant to enable us to link with the transcendental world. As mentioned in the <a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2012/11/04/beyond-birth-death/#more-4532" target="_blank">previous chapter</a>, originally we are all connected to the Supreme Lord, but now we have been affected by material contamination. The process is that we have to return to the spiritual world, and that process of linking up is called yoga. Another meaning of the word yoga is “plus.” At the present moment we are minus God, or minus the Supreme. When we add Kṛṣṇa—or God—to our lives, this human form of life becomes perfect.</p>
<p>At the time of death we have to finish that process of perfection. During our lifetime we have to practice the method of approaching that perfection so that at the time of death, when we have to give up this material body, that perfection can be realized.</p>
<p><span id="more-5709"></span></p>
<p>prayāṇa-kāle manasācalena<br />
bhaktyā yukto yoga-balena caiva<br />
bhruvor madhye prāṇam āveśya samyak<br />
sa taṁ paraṁ puruṣam upaiti divyam</p>
<p><strong>“One who, at the time of death, fixes his life air between the eyebrows and in full devotion engages himself in remembering the Supreme Lord, will certainly attain to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” </strong>(Bg. 8.10)</p>
<p>Just as a student studies a subject for four or five years and then takes his examination and receives a degree, similarly, with the subject of life, if we practice during our lives for the examination at the time of death, and if we pass the examination, we are transferred to the spiritual world. Our whole life is examined at the time of death.</p>
<p>yaṁ yaṁ vāpi smaran bhāvaṁ<br />
tyajaty ante kalevaram<br />
taṁ tam evaiti kaunteya<br />
sadā tad-bhāva-bhāvitaḥ</p>
<p><strong>“Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, that state he will attain without fail.” </strong>(Bg. 8.6)</p>
<p>There is a Bengali proverb that says that whatever one does for perfection will be tested at the time of his death. In Bhagavad-gītā Kṛṣṇa describes what one should do when giving up the body. For the dhyāna-yogī (meditator) Śrī Kṛṣṇa speaks the following verses:</p>
<p>yad akṣaraṁ veda-vido vadanti<br />
viśanti yad yatayo vīta-rāgāḥ<br />
yad icchanto brahmacaryaṁ caranti<br />
tat te padaṁ saṅgraheṇa pravakṣye</p>
<p>sarva-dvārāṇi saṁyamya<br />
mano hṛdi nirudhya ca<br />
mūrdhny ādhāyātmanaḥ prāṇam<br />
āsthito yoga-dhāraṇām</p>
<p><strong>“Persons learned in the Vedas, who utter oṁkāra and who are great sages in the renounced order, enter into Brahman. Desiring such perfection, one practices celibacy. I shall now explain to you this process by which one may attain salvation. The yogic situation is that of detachment from all sensual engagements. Closing all the doors of the senses and fixing the mind on the heart and the life air at the top of the head, one establishes himself in yoga.”</strong> (Bg. 8.11–12)</p>
<p>In the yoga system this process is called pratyāhāra, which means “just the opposite.” Although during life the eyes are engaged in seeing worldly beauty, at death one has to retract the senses from their objects and see the beauty within. Similarly, the ears are accustomed to hearing so many sounds in the world, but at the moment of death one has to hear the transcendental oṁkāra from within.</p>
<p>oṁ ity ekākṣaraṁ brahma<br />
vyāharan mām anusmaran<br />
yaḥ prayāti tyajan dehaṁ<br />
sa yāti paramāṁ gatim</p>
<p><strong>“After being situated in this yoga practice and vibrating the sacred syllable oṁ, the supreme combination of letters, if one thinks of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and quits his body, he will certainly reach the spiritual planets.” </strong>(Bg. 8.13)</p>
<p>In this way, all the senses have to be stopped in their external activities and concentrated on the form of viṣṇu-mūrti, the form of God. The mind is very turbulent, but it has to be fixed on the Lord in the heart. When the mind is fixed within the heart and the life air is transferred to the top of the head, one can attain perfection of yoga.</p>
<p>At this point the yogī determines where he is to go. In the material universe there are innumerable planets, and beyond this universe there is the spiritual universe. The yogīs have information of these places from Vedic literatures. Just as one going to America can get some idea what the country is like by reading books, one can also have knowledge of the spiritual planets by reading Vedic literatures. The yogī knows all these descriptions, and he can transfer himself to any planet he likes, without the help of spaceships. Space travel by mechanical means is not the accepted process for elevation to other planets. Perhaps with a great deal of time, effort, and money a few men may be able to reach other planets by material means—spaceships, space suits, etc.—but this is a very cumbersome and impractical method. In any case, it is not possible to go beyond the material universe by mechanical means.</p>
<p>The generally accepted method for transferral to higher planets is the practice of the meditational yoga system or jñāna system. The bhakti-yoga system, however, is not to be practiced for transferral to any material planet, for those who are servants of Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord, are not interested in any planets in this material world because they know that on whatever planet one enters in the material sky, the four principles of birth, old age, disease, and death are present. On higher planets, the duration of life may be longer than on this earth, but death is there nonetheless. By “material universe” we refer to those planets where birth, old age, disease, and death reside, and by “spiritual universe” we refer to those planets where there is no birth, old age, disease, and death. Those who are intelligent do not try to elevate themselves to any planet within the material universe.</p>
<p>If one tries to enter higher planets by mechanical means, instant death is assured, for the body cannot stand the radical changes in atmosphere. But if one attempts to go to higher planets by means of the yoga system, he will acquire a suitable body for entrance. We can see this demonstrated on this earth, for we know it is not possible for us to live in the sea, in a watery atmosphere, nor is it possible for aquatics to live on the earth. As we understand that even on this planet one has to have a particular type of body to live in a particular place, so a particular type of body is required for other planets. On the higher planets, bodies live much longer than on earth, for six months on earth is equal to one day on the higher planets. Thus the Vedas describe that those who live on higher planets live upward to ten thousand earth years. Yet despite such a long life span, death awaits everyone. Even if one lives twenty thousand or fifty thousand or even millions of years, in the material world the years are all counted, and death is there. How can we escape this subjugation by death? That is the lesson of Bhagavad-gītā.</p>
<p>na jāyate mriyate vā kadācin<br />
nāyaṁ bhūtvā bhavitā vā na bhūyaḥ<br />
ajo nityaḥ śāśvato ’yaṁ purāṇo<br />
na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre</p>
<p><strong>“For the soul there is never birth nor death. Nor, once having been, does he ever cease to be. He is unborn, eternal, ever-existing, undying, and primeval. He is not slain when the body is slain.”</strong> (Bg. 2.20)</p>
<p>We are spirit soul, and as such we are eternal. Why, then, should we subject ourselves to birth and death? One who asks this question is to be considered intelligent. Those who are Kṛṣṇa conscious are very intelligent, because they are not interested in gaining entrance to any planet where there is death. They will reject a long duration of life in order to attain a body like God’s. Īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ [Bs. 5.1]. Sat means “eternal,” cit means “full of knowledge,” and ānanda means “full of pleasure.” Kṛṣṇa is the reservoir of all pleasure. If we transfer ourselves from this body into the spiritual world—either to Kṛṣṇaloka (Kṛṣṇa’s planet) or any other spiritual planet—we will receive a similar sac-cid-ānanda body. Thus the aim of those who are in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is different from those who are trying to promote themselves to higher planets within this material world.</p>
<p>The self, or soul, of the individual is a minute spiritual spark. The perfection of yoga lies in the transferral of this spiritual spark to the top of the head. Having attained this, the yogī can transfer himself to any planet in the material world, according to his desire. If the yogī is curious to know what the moon is like, he can transfer himself there, or if he is interested in higher planets, he can transfer himself there, just as travelers go to New York, Canada, or other cities on the earth. Wherever one goes on earth, he finds the same visa and customs systems operating, and on all the material planets one can similarly see the principles of birth, old age, disease, and death operating.</p>
<p>Oṁ ity ekākṣaraṁ brahma: at the point of death the yogī can pronounce oṁ, oṁkāra, the concise form of transcendental sound vibration. If the yogī can vibrate this sound and at the same time remember Kṛṣṇa, or Viṣṇu (mām anusmaran), he attains the highest goal. It is the process of yoga to concentrate the mind on Viṣṇu. The impersonalists imagine some form of the Supreme Lord, but the personalists do not imagine this; they actually see. Whether one imagines Him or actually sees Him, one has to concentrate his mind on the personal form of Kṛṣṇa.</p>
<p>ananya-cetāḥ satataṁ<br />
yo māṁ smarati nityaśaḥ<br />
tasyāhaṁ sulabhaḥ pārtha<br />
nitya-yuktasya yoginaḥ</p>
<p><strong>“For one who remembers Me without deviation, I am easy to obtain, O son of Pṛthā, because of his constant engagement in devotional service.”</strong> (Bg. 8.14)</p>
<p>Those who are satisfied with temporary life, temporary pleasure, and temporary facilities are not to be considered intelligent, at least not according to Bhagavad-gītā. According to the Gītā, one whose brain substance is very small is interested in temporary things. We are eternal, so why should we be interested in temporary things? No one wants a nonpermanent situation. If we are living in an apartment and the landlord asks us to vacate, we are sorry, but we are not sorry if we move into a better apartment. It is our nature, because we are permanent, to want permanent residence. We don’t wish to die, because in actuality we are permanent. Nor do we want to grow old or be diseased, because these are all external or nonpermanent states. Although we are not meant to suffer from fever, sometimes fever comes, and we have to take precautions and remedies to get well again. The fourfold miseries are like a fever, and they are all due to the material body. If somehow we can get out of the material body, we can escape the miseries that are integral with it.</p>
<p>For the impersonalists to get out of this temporary body, Kṛṣṇa here advises that they vibrate the syllable oṁ. In this way they can be assured of transmigration into the spiritual world. However, although they may enter the spiritual world, they cannot enter into any of the planets there. They remain outside, in the brahmajyoti. The brahmajyoti may be compared to the sunshine, and the spiritual planets may be compared to the sun itself. In the spiritual sky the impersonalists remain in the effulgence of the Supreme Lord, the brahmajyoti. The impersonalists are placed in the brahmajyoti as spiritual sparks, and in this way the brahmajyoti is filled with spiritual sparks. This is what is meant by merging into the spiritual existence. It should not be considered that one merges into the brahmajyoti in the sense of becoming one with it; the individuality of the spiritual spark is retained, but because the impersonalist does not want to take a personal form, he is found as a spiritual spark in that effulgence. Just as the sunshine is composed of so many atomic particles, so the brahmajyoti is composed of so many spiritual sparks.</p>
<p>However, as living entities we want enjoyment. Being, in itself, is not enough. We want bliss (ānanda) as well as being (sat). In his entirety, the living entity is composed of three qualities—eternality, knowledge, and bliss. Those who enter impersonally into the brahmajyoti can remain there for some time in full knowledge that they are now merged homogeneously with Brahman, but they cannot have that eternal ānanda, bliss, because that part is wanting. One may remain alone in a room for some time and may enjoy himself by reading a book or engaging in some thought, but it is not possible to remain in that room for years and years at a time, and certainly not for all eternity. Therefore, for one who merges impersonally into the existence of the Supreme, there is every chance of falling down again into the material world in order to acquire some association. This is the verdict of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Astronauts may travel thousands and thousands of miles, but if they do not find rest on some planet, they have to return again to earth. In any case, rest is required. In the impersonal form, rest is uncertain. Therefore Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam says that even after so much endeavor, if the impersonalist enters into the spiritual world and acquires an impersonal form, he returns again into the material world because of neglecting to serve the Supreme Lord in love and devotion. As long as we are here on earth, we must learn to practice to love and serve Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord. If we learn this, we can enter into those spiritual planets. The impersonalist’s position in the spiritual world is nonpermanent, for out of loneliness he will attempt to acquire some association. Because he does not associate personally with the Supreme Lord, he has to return again to the world and associate with conditioned living entities there.</p>
<p>It is of utmost importance, therefore, that we know the nature of our constitutional position: we want eternity, complete knowledge, and also pleasure. When we are left alone for a long time in the impersonal brahmajyoti, we cannot have pleasure, and therefore we accept the pleasure given by the material world. But in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, real pleasure is enjoyed. In the material world it is generally accepted that the highest pleasure is sex. This is a perverted reflection of the sex pleasure in the spiritual world, the pleasure of association with Kṛṣṇa. But we should not think that the pleasure there is like the sex pleasure in the material world. No, it is different. But unless sex life is there in the spiritual world, it cannot be reflected here. Here it is simply a perverted reflection, but the actual life is there in Kṛṣṇa, who is full of all pleasure. Therefore, the best process is to train ourselves now, so that at the time of death we may transfer ourselves to the spiritual universe, to Kṛṣṇaloka, and there associate with Kṛṣṇa. In Brahma-saṁhitā (5.29) Śrī Kṛṣṇa and His abode are described thus:</p>
<p>cintāmaṇi-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vṛkṣa-<br />
lakṣāvṛteṣu surabhīr abhipālayantam<br />
lakṣmī-sahasra-śata-sambhrama-sevyamānaṁ<br />
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi</p>
<p><strong>“I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the first progenitor, who is tending the cows, fulfilling all desire, in abodes built with spiritual gems, surrounded by millions of wish-fulfilling trees, always served with great reverence and affection by hundreds and thousands of lakṣmīs, or gopīs.”</strong></p>
<p>This is a description of Kṛṣṇaloka. The houses are made of what is called “touchstone.” Whatever touchstone touches immediately turns into gold. The trees are wish-fulfilling trees, or “desire trees,” for one can receive from them whatever he wishes. In this world we get mangoes from mango trees and apples from apple trees, but there from any tree one can get whatever he desires. Similarly, the cows are called surabhi, and they yield an endless supply of milk. These are descriptions of the spiritual planets found in Vedic scriptures.</p>
<p>In this material world we have become acclimatized to birth, death, and all sorts of suffering. Material scientists have discovered many facilities for sense enjoyment and destruction, but they have discovered no solution to the problems of old age, disease, and death. They cannot make any machine that will check death, old age, or disease. We can manufacture something that will accelerate death, but nothing that will stop death. Those who are intelligent, however, are not concerned with the fourfold miseries of material life, but with elevation to the spiritual planets. One who is continuously in trance (nitya-yuktasya yoginaḥ) does not divert his attention to anything else. He is always situated in trance. His mind is always filled with the thought of Kṛṣṇa, without deviation (ananya-cetāḥ satatam). Satatam refers to anywhere and any time.</p>
<p>In India I lived in Vṛndāvana, and now I am in America, but this does not mean that I am out of Vṛndāvana, because if I think of Kṛṣṇa always, then I’m always in Vṛndāvana, regardless of the material designation. Kṛṣṇa consciousness means that one always lives with Kṛṣṇa on that spiritual planet, Goloka Vṛndāvana, and that one is simply waiting to give up this material body. Smarati nityaśaḥ means “continuously remembering,” and for one who is continuously remembering Kṛṣṇa, the Lord becomes tasyāhaṁ sulabhaḥ—easily purchased. Kṛṣṇa Himself says that He is easily purchased by this bhakti-yoga process. Then why should we take to any other process? We can chant Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare twenty-four hours daily. There are no rules and regulations. One can chant in the street, in the subway, or at his home or office. There is no tax and no expense. So why not take to it?</p>
<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/beyond-birth-and-death.pdf">Beyond-Birth-and-Death</a></p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5709/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5709/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5709&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/24/elevation-at-death/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/changing-bodies.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Back to Godhead - Volume 10, Number 09 - 1975</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Everyone is Eligible for the Supreme Destination Part II</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/22/everyone-is-eligible-for-the-supreme-destination-part-ii/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/22/everyone-is-eligible-for-the-supreme-destination-part-ii/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2013 12:03:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Devotional Service]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dvaraka]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Spiritual Life]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srimad Bhagavatam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devotees]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[impersonal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[just as it behooves]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krishna]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reciprocates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SB 1.11.20-22]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Supreme Personality of Godhead]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[yatha-vidhi]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5705</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Everyone is Eligible for the Supreme Destination Part II This is a continuation from yesterdays post because as I continued my reading from Chapter Eleven entitled &#8220;Lord Kṛṣṇa’s Entrance into Dvārakā&#8221;, it became apparent that: The Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is neither impersonal nor an inert object unable to reciprocate the feelings of His [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5705&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krishna-gopakumara.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krishna-gopakumara.jpg?w=535&#038;h=307" alt="Krishna-gopakumara" width="535" height="307" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5706" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Everyone is Eligible for the Supreme Destination Part II</strong></p>
<p>This is a continuation from <a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/21/everyone-is-eligible-for-the-supreme-destination/" target="_blank">yesterdays post</a> because as I continued my reading from Chapter Eleven entitled &#8220;Lord Kṛṣṇa’s Entrance into Dvārakā&#8221;, it became apparent that:</p>
<p><strong>The Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is neither impersonal nor an inert object unable to reciprocate the feelings of His devotees. Here the word yathā-vidhi, or &#8220;just as it behooves&#8221; is significant. He reciprocates &#8220;just as it behooves&#8221; with His different types of admirers and devotees. Of course, the pure devotees are of one type only because they have no other object for service but the Lord, and therefore the Lord also reciprocates with such pure devotees just as it behooves, namely, He is always attentive to all the matters of His pure devotees. There are others who designate Him as impersonal, and so the Lord also does not take any personal interest. He satisfies everyone in terms of one&#8217;s development of spiritual consciousness, and a sample of such reciprocation is exhibited here with His different welcomers.</strong></p>
<p>Yes, this is a beautiful chapter of the Srimad Bhagavatam, and Srila Prabhupada&#8217;s Purports are dripping with transcendental Knowledge.  </p>
<p><span id="more-5705"></span></p>
<p>Srimad Bhagavatam<br />
By His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Canto 1, Chapter 11, Text 20-22</p>
<p><strong>naṭa-nartaka-gandharvāḥ<br />
 sūta-māgadha-vandinaḥ<br />
gāyanti cottamaśloka-<br />
 caritāny adbhutāni ca</strong></p>
<p>naṭa—dramatists; nartaka—dancers; gandharvāḥ—celestial singers; sūta—professional historians; māgadha—professional genealogists; vandinaḥ—professional learned speakers; gāyanti—chant; ca—respectively; uttamaśloka—the Supreme Lord; caritāni—activities; adbhutāni—all superhuman; ca—and.</p>
<p><strong>Expert dramatists, artists, dancers, singers, historians, genealogists and learned speakers all gave their respective contributions, being inspired by the superhuman pastimes of the Lord. Thus they proceeded on and on.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Purport </strong><br />
It appears that five thousand years ago the society also needed the services of the dramatists, artists, dancers, singers, historians, genealogists, public speakers, etc. Dancers, singers and dramatic artists mostly hailed from the śūdra community, whereas the learned historians, genealogists and public speakers hailed from the brāhmaṇa community. All of them belonged to a particular caste, and they became so trained in their respective families. Such dramatists, dancers, singers, historians, genealogists and public speakers would dwell on the subject of the Lord&#8217;s superhuman activities in different ages and millenniums, and not on ordinary events. Nor were they in chronological order. All the Purāṇas are historical facts described only in relation with the Supreme Lord in different ages and times as well as on different planets also. Therefore, we do not find any chronological order. The modern historians, therefore, cannot catch up the link, and thus they unauthoritatively remark that the Purāṇas are all imaginary stories only.</p>
<p><strong>Purport </strong><br />
Even one hundred years ago in India, all dramatic performances were centered around the superhuman activities of the Supreme Lord. The common people would be verily entertained by the performances of dramas, and yātrā parties played wonderfully on the superhuman activities of the Lord, and thus even the illiterate agriculturist would be a participant in the knowledge of Vedic literature, despite a considerable lack of academic qualifications. Therefore, expert players in drama, dancers, singers, speakers, etc., are required for the spiritual enlightenment of the common man. The genealogists would give account completely of the descendants of a particular family. Even at the present moment the guides in the pilgrimage sites of India submit a complete account of genealogical tables before a newcomer. This wonderful act sometimes attracts more customers to receive such important information.</p>
<p><strong>bhagavāṁs tatra bandhūnāṁ<br />
 paurāṇām anuvartinām<br />
yathā-vidhy upasaṅgamya<br />
 sarveṣāṁ mānam ādadhe</strong></p>
<p>bhagavān—Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Personality of Godhead; tatra—in that place; bandhūnām—of the friends; paurāṇām—of the citizens; anuvartinām—those who approached Him to receive and welcome; yathā-vidhi—as it behooves; upasaṅgamya—going nearer; sarveṣām—for each and every one; mānam—honor and respects; ādadhe—offered.</p>
<p><strong>Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Personality of Godhead, approached them and offered due honor and respect to each and every one of the friends, relatives, citizens and all others who came to receive and welcome Him.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Purport </strong><br />
The Supreme Lord Personality of Godhead is neither impersonal nor an inert object unable to reciprocate the feelings of His devotees. Here the word yathā-vidhi, or &#8220;just as it behooves&#8221; is significant. He reciprocates &#8220;just as it behooves&#8221; with His different types of admirers and devotees. Of course, the pure devotees are of one type only because they have no other object for service but the Lord, and therefore the Lord also reciprocates with such pure devotees just as it behooves, namely, He is always attentive to all the matters of His pure devotees. There are others who designate Him as impersonal, and so the Lord also does not take any personal interest. He satisfies everyone in terms of one&#8217;s development of spiritual consciousness, and a sample of such reciprocation is exhibited here with His different welcomers.</p>
<p><strong>prahvābhivādanāśleṣa-<br />
 kara-sparśa-smitekṣaṇaiḥ<br />
āśvāsya cāśvapākebhyo<br />
 varaiś cābhimatair vibhuḥ</strong></p>
<p>prahvā—by bowing His head; abhivādana—by greeting with words; āśleṣa—embracing; kara-sparśa—shaking hands; smita-īkṣaṇaiḥ—by a glancing smile; āśvāsya—by encouragement; ca—and; āśvapākebhyaḥ—down to the lowest rank of dog-eaters; varaiḥ—by benedictions; ca—also; abhimataiḥ—as desired by; vibhuḥ—the Almighty.</p>
<p><strong>The Almighty Lord greeted everyone present by bowing His head, exchanging greetings, embracing, shaking hands, looking and smiling, giving assurances and awarding benedictions, even to the lowest in rank.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Purport </strong><br />
To receive the Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa there were all grades of population, beginning from Vasudeva, Ugrasena and Gargamuni-the father, grandfather and teacher-down to the prostitutes and caṇḍālas, who are accustomed to eat dogs. And every one of them was properly greeted by the Lord in terms of rank and position. As pure living entities, all are the separated parts and parcels of the Lord, and thus no one is alien by His eternal relation. Such pure living entities are graded differently in terms of contamination of the modes of material nature, but the Lord is equally affectionate to all His parts and parcels, despite material gradation. He descends only to recall these materialistic living beings back to His kingdom, and intelligent persons take advantage of this facility offered by the Personality of Godhead to all living beings. No one is rejected by the Lord from the kingdom of God, and it remains with the living being to accept this or not.</p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5705/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5705/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5705&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/22/everyone-is-eligible-for-the-supreme-destination-part-ii/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krishna-gopakumara.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Krishna-gopakumara</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Everyone is Eligible for the Supreme Destination</title>
		<link>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/21/everyone-is-eligible-for-the-supreme-destination/</link>
		<comments>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/21/everyone-is-eligible-for-the-supreme-destination/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 21 Apr 2013 14:25:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>The Hare Krishna Movement</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bhagavad-gita]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Krishna Consciousness]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Prostitutes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Allen Ginsberg]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bilvamangala Thakura]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[brahman family]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[candalas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cintamani]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cintmani]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devotee of the Lord]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devotional service]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prostitute]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prostitute-hunter]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sri Bilvamangala Thakura]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Srila Prabhupada]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sucinam srimatam gehe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/?p=5685</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This I found this extremely interesting from my reading this morning, how even the prostitutes some 5,000 years ago in the time of Lord Krsna were accepted as necessary citizens for the proper upkeep of society. They were not condemned by the Lord, but rather He greeted them with the proper etiquette. Krishna says in [&#8230;]<img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5685&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krishna-leaves-hastinipur.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krishna-leaves-hastinipur.jpg?w=535&#038;h=370" alt="Krishna leaves Hastinipur" width="535" height="370" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5700" /></a></p>
<p><em>This I found this extremely interesting from my reading this morning, how even the prostitutes some 5,000 years ago in the time of Lord Krsna were accepted as necessary citizens for the proper upkeep of society.  They were not condemned by the Lord, but rather He greeted them with the proper etiquette.  Krishna says in the Bhagavad-gita&#8230; &#8220;even the low-born caṇḍālas and those who are born in a family of unbelievers, and even the prostitutes, shall attain perfection of life if they take shelter of unalloyed devotional service to Me, because in the path of devotional service there are no impediments due to degraded birth and occupation. The path is open for everyone who agrees to follow it.&#8221;</em></p>
<p><strong>At the same time, many hundreds of well-known prostitutes began to proceed on various vehicles. They were all very eager to meet the Lord, and their beautiful faces were decorated with dazzling earrings, which enhanced the beauty of their foreheads.</strong>(SB 1.11.19)</p>
<p><em><strong>&#8230;We may not hate even the prostitutes if they are devotees of the Lord. Even to date there are many prostitutes in great cities of India who are sincere devotees of the Lord. By tricks of chance one may be obliged to adopt a profession which is not very adorable in society, but that does not hamper one in executing devotional service to the Lord. Devotional service to the Lord is uncheckable in all circumstances.</p>
<p>Śrī Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura, a great ācārya of the Viṣṇusvāmī Vaiṣṇava sect, in his householder life was overly attached to a prostitute who happened to be a devotee of the Lord. One night when the Ṭhākura came to Cintāmaṇi&#8217;s house in torrents of rain and thunder, Cintāmaṇi was astonished to see how the Ṭhākura could come on such a dreadful night after crossing a foaming river which was full of waves. She said to Ṭhākura Bilvamaṅgala that his attraction for the flesh and bone of an insignificant woman like her would be properly utilized if it could be diverted to the devotional service of the Lord to achieve attraction for the transcendental beauty of the Lord. It was a momentous hour for the Ṭhākura, and he took a turn towards spiritual realization by the words of a prostitute. Later on the Ṭhākura accepted the prostitute as his spiritual master, and in several places of his literary works he has glorified the name of Cintāmaṇi, who showed him the right path. </strong></em>(SB 1.11.19 Purport)</p>
<p>It is clearly declared by the Supreme Lord, that in devotional service, there is no distinction between the lower or higher classes of people. In the material conception of life, there are such divisions, but for a person engaged in transcendental devotional service to the Lord, there are not. Everyone is eligible for the supreme destination. (Bg 9.32 Purport)</p>
<p><em>In the second part of the post there is a conversation with  Allen Ginsberg on the life of Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura</em></p>
<p><span id="more-5685"></span></p>
<p><strong>Srimad Bhagavatam</strong><br />
By His Divine Grace A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Canto 1, Chapter 11, Text 19</p>
<p><strong>vāramukhyāś ca śataśo<br />
 yānais tad-darśanotsukāḥ<br />
lasat-kuṇḍala-nirbhāta-<br />
 kapola-vadana-śriyaḥ</strong></p>
<p>vāramukhyāḥ—well-known prostitutes; ca—and; śataśaḥ—hundreds of; yānaiḥ—by vehicles; tat-darśana—for meeting Him (Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa); utsukāḥ—very much anxious; lasat—hanging; kuṇḍala—earrings; nirbhāta—dazzling; kapola—forehead; vadana—face; śriyaḥ—beauty.</p>
<p><strong>At the same time, many hundreds of well-known prostitutes began to proceed on various vehicles. They were all very eager to meet the Lord, and their beautiful faces were decorated with dazzling earrings, which enhanced the beauty of their foreheads.</strong></p>
<p>We may not hate even the prostitutes if they are devotees of the Lord. Even to date there are many prostitutes in great cities of India who are sincere devotees of the Lord. By tricks of chance one may be obliged to adopt a profession which is not very adorable in society, but that does not hamper one in executing devotional service to the Lord. Devotional service to the Lord is uncheckable in all circumstances. It is understood herewith that even in those days, about five thousand years ago, there were prostitutes in a city like Dvārakā, where Lord Kṛṣṇa resided. This means that prostitutes are necessary citizens for the proper upkeep of society. The government opens wine shops, but this does not mean that the government encourages the drinking of wine. The idea is that there is a class of men who will drink at any cost, and it has been experienced that prohibition in great cities encouraged illicit smuggling of wine. Similarly, men who are not satisfied at home require such concessions, and if there is no prostitute, then such low men will induce others into prostitution. It is better that prostitutes be available in the marketplace so that the sanctity of society can be maintained. It is better to maintain a class of prostitutes than to encourage prostitutes within society. The real reformation is to enlighten all people to become devotees of the Lord, and that will check all kinds of deteriorating factors of life.</p>
<p>Śrī Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura, a great ācārya of the Viṣṇusvāmī Vaiṣṇava sect, in his householder life was overly attached to a prostitute who happened to be a devotee of the Lord. One night when the Ṭhākura came to Cintāmaṇi&#8217;s house in torrents of rain and thunder, Cintāmaṇi was astonished to see how the Ṭhākura could come on such a dreadful night after crossing a foaming river which was full of waves. She said to Ṭhākura Bilvamaṅgala that his attraction for the flesh and bone of an insignificant woman like her would be properly utilized if it could be diverted to the devotional service of the Lord to achieve attraction for the transcendental beauty of the Lord. It was a momentous hour for the Ṭhākura, and he took a turn towards spiritual realization by the words of a prostitute. Later on the Ṭhākura accepted the prostitute as his spiritual master, and in several places of his literary works he has glorified the name of Cintāmaṇi, who showed him the right path.</p>
<p>In the Bhagavad-gītā (9.32) [full text and purport follows] the Lord says, &#8220;O son of Pṛthā, even the low-born caṇḍālas and those who are born in a family of unbelievers, and even the prostitutes, shall attain perfection of life if they take shelter of unalloyed devotional service to Me, because in the path of devotional service there are no impediments due to degraded birth and occupation. The path is open for everyone who agrees to follow it.&#8221;</p>
<p>It appears that the prostitutes of Dvārakā, who were so eager to meet the Lord, were all His unalloyed devotees, and thus they were all on the path of salvation according to the above version of the Bhagavad-gītā. Therefore, the only reformation that is necessary in society is to make an organized effort to turn the citizens into devotees of the Lord, and thus all good qualities of the denizens of heaven will overtake them in their own way. On the other hand, those who are nondevotees have no good qualifications whatsoever, however they may be materially advanced. The difference is that the devotees of the Lord are on the path of liberation, whereas the nondevotees are on the path of further entanglement in material bondage. The criterion of advancement of civilization is whether the people are educated and advanced on the path of salvation.</p>
<p><strong>Bhagavad-gita As It Is</strong> 1972 Edition<br />
By His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada<br />
Chapter Nine, Text 32</p>
<p><strong>māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya<br />
 ye &#8216;pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ<br />
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās<br />
 te &#8216;pi yānti parāṁ gatim</strong></p>
<p>mām-unto Me; hi-certainly; pārtha-O son of Pṛthā; vyapāśrītya-particularly taking shelter; ye-anyone; api-also; syuḥ-becomes; pāpa-yonayaḥ—born of a lower family; striyaḥ—women; vaiśyāḥ—mercantile people; tathā—also; śūdrāḥ—lower class men; te api—even they; yānti—go; parām—supreme; gatim—destination.</p>
<p><strong>O son of Pṛthā, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth-women, vaiśyas [merchants], as well as śūdras [workers]-can approach the supreme destination.</strong></p>
<p>PURPORT</p>
<p>It is clearly declared here by the Supreme Lord that in devotional service there is no distinction between the lower or higher classes of people. In the material conception of life, there are such divisions, but for a person engaged in transcendental devotional service to the Lord, there are not. Everyone is eligible for the supreme destination. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is stated that even the lowest, who are called caṇḍālas (dog-eaters), can be elevated by association with a pure devotee. Therefore devotional service and guidance of a pure devotee are so strong that there is no discrimination between the lower and higher classes of men; anyone can take to it. The most simple man taking center of the pure devotee can be purified by proper guidance. According to the different modes of material nature, men are classified in the mode of goodness (brāhmaṇas), the mode of passion (kṣatriyas, or administrators), the mixed modes of passion and ignorance (vaiśyas, or merchants), and the mode of ignorance (śūdras, or workers). Those lower than them are called caṇḍālas, and they are born in sinful families. Generally, those who are born in sinful families are not accepted by the higher classes. But the process of devotional service and the pure devotee of the Supreme God are so strong that all the lower classes can attain the highest perfection of life. This is possible only when one takes center of Kṛṣṇa. One has to take center completely of Kṛṣṇa. Then one can become much greater than great jñānīs and yogīs.</p>
<p><a href="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/bilvamangala-thakura.jpg"><img src="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/bilvamangala-thakura.jpg?w=535" alt="Bilvamangala-Thakura"   class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-5691" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura</strong><br />
Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg<br />
May 13, 1969, Columbus, Ohio: </p>
<p><strong>Prabhupāda:</strong> Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura, in his previous life, he elevated himself to the loving stage of Kṛṣṇa. Not exactly, just previous, bhāva. It is called bhāva, ecstasy. But some way or other, he could not finish, so according to the instruction of Bhagavad-gītā, he was given birth to a nice brāhmaṇa family. (aside:) You can call that Bengali lady. She can hear. So very rich. Śucīnāṁ śrīmatāṁ gehe (BG 6.41), in that way. Rich family, at the same time, brāhmaṇa family. But richness, generally, sometimes glide down to wine, women, and intoxication. So by bad company he became woman-hunter, prostitute-hunter. So he was too much addicted to one woman, Cintāmaṇi. So his father died, and he was&#8230; He did not marry. In your country it is called girlfriend, and in our country it is called prostitute. So he was that about that prostitute, Cintāmaṇi. So he was performing the rituals, but he was thinking of his girlfriend, that Cintāmaṇi, &#8220;When I shall go there?&#8221; Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura? Yes. So he asked his servants, &#8220;Give me some food. I shall go to Cintāmaṇi.&#8221; So anyway, he performed&#8230; Did not perform. His mind was there. He took some nice foodstuff, and when he went, there was a big river, and it was raining heavily, and the river was flooded. So he thought, &#8220;How shall I go the other side?&#8221; So one dead body was floating. So he thought, &#8220;It is a log,&#8221; and he took the help of the log and went the other side. And it was heavy raining. And then, when he reached that Cintāmaṇi&#8217;s home, he saw the door is locked already. Blocked. So he jumped over the wall, taking the tail of a serpent, and when he reached inside, he knocked the door, and Cintāmaṇi was astonished. &#8220;How did you come? So heavy rain. You had to cross the river.&#8221; He said everything, that &#8220;Oh, I cannot stay without you.&#8221; So she was much inquisitive: &#8220;How did you come? How did you jump over this wall?&#8221; And so he showed everything, that there was a big snake, and so he thought it as rope and jumped it. And then, when he went to the riverside, he saw that was a dead body. So at that time Cintāmaṇi thought, &#8220;Oh, this man is so much addicted to me.&#8221; So she told, &#8220;Oh, this much attraction if you would have with Kṛṣṇa, oh, how nice your life would have been.&#8221; So immediately he came to his senses because he was lifted to that position in his previous life. So immediately he left and was going alone to Vṛndāvana. And on the way he saw another beautiful woman. So his business was to be attracted by woman. So he again became attracted. So he was following. So this woman, after entering, she told her husband, &#8220;Just see, this man is following from a distant place.&#8221; So he asked him, &#8220;Oh, come on.&#8221; He saw he is nice gentleman. He was a rich man, brāhmaṇa. &#8220;What is this?&#8221; He said plainly, &#8220;Oh, I have been attracted by your wife, by the beauty of your wife.&#8221; &#8220;All right, come on. What is that?&#8221; You enjoy my wife. You are brāhmaṇa. You are&#8230;&#8221; So he was received well. And at night, when he was given place, then he asked that woman, &#8220;Mother, will you give me your hair pin?&#8221; He took the hair pin and pushed in the eyes: &#8220;Oh, these eyes are my enemy.&#8221; Since then he became blind. And in that blindness he was worshiping Kṛṣṇa, and Kṛṣṇa was coming to him. And he would not touch. He&#8217;ll sing, dance, and He&#8217;ll supply milk and go away. So this Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura wrote one book, Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta. It is very valuable book. That is very highly estimated, Lord Caitanya.</p>
<br />  <a rel="nofollow" href="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/gocomments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5685/"><img alt="" border="0" src="http://feeds.wordpress.com/1.0/comments/theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/5685/" /></a> <img alt="" border="0" src="http://stats.wordpress.com/b.gif?host=theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com&#038;blog=14675813&#038;post=5685&#038;subd=theharekrishnamovement&#038;ref=&#038;feed=1" width="1" height="1" />]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://theharekrishnamovement.wordpress.com/2013/04/21/everyone-is-eligible-for-the-supreme-destination/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
	
		<media:content url="http://1.gravatar.com/avatar/7d26e9de77799e6ec4d7e9eb482a2990?s=96&#38;d=identicon&#38;r=G" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">lokadrsti</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/krishna-leaves-hastinipur.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Krishna leaves Hastinipur</media:title>
		</media:content>

		<media:content url="http://theharekrishnamovement.files.wordpress.com/2013/04/bilvamangala-thakura.jpg" medium="image">
			<media:title type="html">Bilvamangala-Thakura</media:title>
		</media:content>
	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
